Home

User Manual — Tobii Studio

image

Contents

1. StudioEvent StudioEventData Description MovieStart The name of the movie file MovieEnd The name of the movie file ScreenRecStarted N A This event is created when a screen recording starts When a web stimulus is used there will be a ScreenRecStarted event before the web browser gets launched and a ScreenRe cEnded when the web browser gets closed either manually or by stepping to the next element on the timeline ScreenRecEnded N A This event is created when a screen recording starts When a web stimulus is used there will be a ScreenRecStarted event before the web browser gets launched and a ScreenRe cEnded when the web browser gets closed either manually or by stepping to the next element on the timeline URLStart The URL of the webpage shown URLEnd The URL of the webpage shown QuestionEnded The question text PDFPageStarted The name of the PDF file_ pagenumber PDFPageEnded The name of the PDF file_ pagenumber GlassesRecording N A This event is created when the recording imported from the Started glasses recording unit starts GlassesRecordin N A This event is created when the recording imported from the gEnded glasses recording unit ends Log name Log description This event is created by the use of the built in coding scheme feature in Tobii Studio and generated by the action of a person creating logs manually The name and the description of the event are determined by the Tobii Studio user cre
2. Update Manual A e aaa 94 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US The chart generated by the Statistics tool is a predefined bar chart where the height of each bar indicates the descriptive statis tic value for a pre chosen metric e g mean fixation duration or maximum fixation duration This value can be displayed on top of each bar by selecting display of Point Values Each bar in a chart represents an AOI AOI group or AOI summary all AOls The categories on the X axis are determined by the row settings in the Statistics toolbar The Y axis variable is determined by the metric setting For example when Fixation Duration is selected the unit will be in sec onds while with Fixation Count it will be in counts The title of the chart is centered just below the upper border of the chart and displays the name of the metric and descriptive statistic used to generate the chart The chart legend is displayed on the right side of the chart area and shows the color code of the bars in the chart and the respective AOI AOI group or AOI summary all AOls names When you select participant groups the chart will also display summary bars all participants This bar is calculated using the data from all the recordings included in all the participant groups When you select multiple metrics each metric will be displayed in its own chart Use the scroll bar to
3. The Counterbalance mode feature in Tobii Studio allows you to counterbalance the presentation order of the media elements during the recordings Tobii Studio does this by arranging the media elements selected for counterbalancing according to a Latin Square method and holding all other media elements in their fixed position The Latin Square method allows you to control for order effects introduced by the media presentation order and position by en suring that e Each recording contains every media element e With the appropriate number of recordings every media element can be found in all possible positions 1st 24 ith e Each media element is followed by each of the other media elements the same number of times Further down in this section there is a detailed description of the Latin Square design implementation in Tobii Studio i To counterbalance for presentation order for an even number of media elements the number of recordings should be equal to or a multiple of the number of counterbalanced media elements to present the media in all possible combina tions For an odd number of media elements you need to use twice as many or a multiple of twice as many record ings as media elements to present the media in all possible combinations To counterbalance the presentation order between two or more media elements 1 Right click the media elements you want to counterbalance 2 Select Counterbalance on the conte
4. 10 Exporting Data 123 User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US Media Coordinate System pixels Gaze point xi yi Media Active Display Area Calibration plane 10 10 2 General data This group of data types provides general information such as information about the project test participant and recording and fixation filter used General data Description Format ExportDate Date when the file was exported date of export YYYYMMDD StudioVersionRec Tobii Studio release version used to perform the recording StudioProjectName Name of the Tobii Studio project StudioTestName Name of the Tobii Studio Test ParticipantName Name of the Participant associated with the Tobii Studio recording VariableName Value Displays the independent variable values associated with the participant Enabling this column generates one column per in dependent variable RecordingName Name of the Recording RecordingDate Date when the recording was performed YYYYMMDD RecordingDuration The duration of the recording Milliseconds RecordingResolution The resolution of the screen or of the video capture device used during the recording Pixels horizontal x vertical PresentationSequence The name of the presentation sequence used during the recording FixationFilter The fixation filter applied when the data was exported I VT filte
5. Click OK to initiate the batch export of the video files 5 7 Reviewing Glasses Data The Glasses Data Viewer can be used to do the following e Make a frame by frame analysis of your recording and gaze position e View all Glasses data such as Gaze coordinates per frame including frame number e See any detected IR Markers overlaid on the video and individual IR Marker coordinates for a more in depth qualitative analysis of the data The Glasses Data Viewer includes easy controls and short keys for replaying and pausing the recording frame by frame steps or for example skipping forward or backward in steps of 1 5 or 60 seconds The Glasses Data Viewer also offers a text export of all IR Markers including a marker used for calibration without any IR Marker holder indicated as 0 detected during the selected recording per frame With the possibility to export IR Marker data also comes the possibility to recognize events marked by IR Markers in a recording even when only a single IR Marker was in view whereas the analysis of AOAs needs at least 4 IR Markers To open the Glasses Data Viewer for a specific recording 1 Open your Project in Tobii Studio and go to the Replay tab 2 From the list of Recordings right click on the recording you would like to view the data of 3 Select Review Glasses data Close the Glasses Data Viewer and repeat the steps above to view data from a different recording Read more about the Tobii Glass
6. Type Host Name Serial Model Cant find your eye tracker Test selected eye tracker Delete selected eye tracker X Series Config Tool Upgrade eye tracker Eyetrackers of older models can be added manually Use 127 0 0 1 as host if you are running a Tetserver locally Host Name Optional Add eyetracker ox cs The first element in the Eye Tracker tab is a list of eye trackers that are connected either to the Tobii Studio computer or to the network the computer is connected to The list displays information on whether the connection to the eye tracker was made au tomatically or manually Type the address used to connect with the eye tracker Host the name Name and serial number Serial of the eye tracker and the type of eye tracker Model To select an eye tracker click the row in the list that corresponds to the eye tracker and then click the Test selected eye tracker button A message showing the status of the connection is displayed If you are unable to see your eye tracker in the list click Can t find your eye tracker to restart the protocol used to communicate with the eye trackers Bonjour If you are still unable to connect to the eye tracker see the troubleshooting section of the eye tracker user manual or contact Tobii Support The Delete selected eye tracker button is used to remove eye trackers that have been manually added to the list If you are using a Tobii X Series Eye Tracker click
7. 2 The parameter values corresponding to the selected preset will be loaded automatically One of the default presets for Clusters is Bee Swarm for details please read 7 4 2 Creating Bee Swarms Gaze plots are dependent on the fixation filters settings Fixation filters are responsible for determining the size and location of the fixation dots read more about fixation filters in 6 Defining fixations 64 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 7 4 2 Creating Bee Swarms The bee swarm visualization is a dynamic representation of the fixations of one or a group of participants on top of a selected media The fixation of each participant is illustrated with a colored dot This type of visualization can be used to show or analyze how the overall distribution of fixations changes over time Bee swarm visualizations can be applied directly to video movie stimuli without the need of creating a set of scenes To create a bee swarm 1 Inthe Visualization area click the Gaze Plot tab In the media list click a media element to select it 3 Select the Recordings check boxes to include the recordings in the analysis or clear the check boxes to remove the recordings From the Preset dropdown list on the right side panel choose Bee Swarm Click the play button to start the bee swarm video Use the stop and pause buttons to control the playback of the recording Being a preset of Gaze Plots you can
8. 46 8 30 14 00 Fax 49 69 24 75 03 429 Fax 81 3 5793 3317 Fax 1 703 738 1313 www tobii com www tobii com www tobii com www tobii com www tobii com sales tobii com sales de tobii com sales cn tobii com sales jp tobii com sales us tobii com
9. 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 9 4 21 3 Aligning the metric starting time with the AOls active starting point in time To start counting at the same time an AOI becomes active 1 Inthe Areas of Interest tab move the Time indicator slider to the key frame where the AOI becomes active 2 Note the current time displayed above the video controls 3 Inthe Statistics tab on the toolbar click the Media time button the Media Time dialog opens 4 In the Media Time dialog enter the AOls start time you just noted and click Done WARNING Changing the data col lection Starting Time will affect all metrics in the table 9 4 22 Time from First Fixation to Next Mouse Click seconds This metric measures the time from the first fixation within an active AOI or AOI group until the participant left clicks within the same active AOI or AOI group The time measurement starts when the participant fixates on the active AOI for the first time and stops when the participant clicks on the same active AOI When using AOI groups the time measurement starts and stops when the participant fixates and clicks on any of the active AOls belonging to the group If during the recording media not containing the AOI is viewed between the first fixation on the active AOI and the mouse click in the active AOI Time from First Fixation to Next Mouse Click will be calculated by adding each recorded med
10. GazePointRightY ADCSpx A ValidityRight 10 10 Definitions of available data types This section defines available data types and their reference systems i Glasses note For parallax compensated Tobii Glasses recordings all exported gaze data has been remapped ac cording to the set distances Consult the Tobii Glasses user manual for further information about parallax compensation 122 10 Exporting Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 10 10 1 Coordinate systems All gaze data in Tobii Studio is mapped into a coordinate system There are three available coordinate systems described in the following sections 10 10 1 1 Active Display Coordinate System pixels ADCSpx Data types with the extension ADC Spx provide data mapped into a 2D coordinate system aligned with the Active Display Area When using a T series eye tracker the Active Display Area is the screen area For X series eye trackers the Active Display Area is the display area entered in the X configuration tool The origin of the Active Display Coordinate System pixel ADCSpx is at the upper left corner of the Active Display Area as illustrated in figure below For Tobii Glasses recordings the origin is at the top left of the scene camera video Active Display Coordinate System Pixels ADCSpx i x I t I I y I Eye Gaze point xi yi Active Display Area Ca
11. Instruction_2 Questionnaire_2 Instruction_3 Question Instruction_2 Questionnaire _2 Instruction_3 Question Instruction_2 Questionnaire_2 Instruction_4 Question Avyvrw TO NnMOOWyY A 6 Once the sequences have been created save the file in a tab separated format either as a txt or tsv file If using Micro soft Excel save the file as Unicode Text to ensure correct formatting during the import into Tobii Studio Fie pame PresentationSequences nt X Save as type Unicode Text bt Authors Anneli Olsen Tage Add atag Title Add a title ota rede Swe Gn 7 In Tobii Studio click on the Presentation Sequences icon and select the Import option Select the file you want to im port in the file browser that opens If you previously have imported Presentation Sequences you will be presented with the option to Replace or Add If you select Replace all previously imported sequences will be deleted and replaced by the ones in the file you re about it import Recordings made with deleted sequences will still be available for analysis but you will not be able to make new recording using those sequences If you select Add the sequences in the file you re about to import will be added after the sequences already imported There are already imported presentation sequences saved in Tobii Studio If you want to replace the already imported sequences and that way delete the sequences already
12. Microphone High Definition Aud gt E Use mutticast Multicast IP address 225 1 1 111 Multicast is disabled by default If you want to transfer the screen capture to more than one computer on the network this option should be tumed on Broadcast V Sound V Camera image ES e To set the user camera video capture properties 1 Choose the video source by selecting a camera from the Video Source drop down list 2 If the device has more than one input e g S video and composite specify the input you want to use for the video re cording by selecting it in the Inputs drop down list 3 Choose the codec you want to use to convert and or compress the video signal during the recording by selecting a co dec from the Video Codec drop down list The choice of codec will impact the video quality file size and CPU load dur ing recording For most purposes the Microsoft Video 1 codec is recommended 4 Click the Settings button to set the temporal quality ratio of the video compression The higher the quality ratio the bet ter the video quality will be but the more CPU resources will be consumed 5 Click Edit to enable or disable codecs from the list Select the codec from the disabled list and click the left direction arrow to add the codec to the Video Codec drop down list Do the opposite to remove a codec 6 Click the Preview box to preview the video streamed from the device Select the Record user
13. Sections where changes are made turn green and state the new distance and cleared sections return to the Default Distance 4 Follow the onscreen prompts 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 6 Defining fixations During a recording Tobii Eye Trackers collect raw eye movement data points every 3 3 to 33 ms depending on the sampling data rate of the eyetracker Each data point will be identified with a timestamp and X Y coordinates and sent to Tobii Studio In order to visualize the data these coordinates will then be processed further into fixations and overlaid on a video recording of the stimuli used in the test or on a static image or used to calculate eye tracking metrics read the Tobii whitepaper entitled To bii Eye Tracking An introduction to eye tracking and Tobii Eye Trackers to learn more about eye movements and fixations This process is conducted by applying an eye movement classification or a fixation filter to the data Fixation filters are responsible for how fixation data such as fixation count duration and location is calculated This data in turn affects how gaze plots heat maps clusters and eye tracking metrics are inferred Fixation identification is mostly a mathematical and statistical process that attempts to describe how the eye moves Despite the accuracy and flexibility of some of the algo rithms the limiting factor is that there is no precise definition f
14. To create a new test 1 Click Add Test after having clicked the Test drop down button the folder symbol which is in the upper left corner and displays the current test s name 2 Type a name for the new test in the Test Name field and click Create The description is optional To change between existing tests 1 Click the Test button to see the Tests in the current project 2 Click the test you want to work with To copy media elements within a test or between tests but within the same project 1 Under the Design and Record tab view the test you want to copy the media element from 2 Right click the media element you can have multiple elements selected before right clicking and select Copy from the context menu 3 Select the test where you want to paste the media element Right click the media element on the timeline that is to the left of where you want to paste the object and select Paste from the context menu To delete an existing test 1 Open the test you want to delete 2 Click the Test drop down menu and click Delete test 3 Click Yes in the confirmation dialog box to confirm the deletion 4 2 Managing participants and independent variables Each Tobii Studio recording is associated with a participant and his her respective calibration data Participant data can be cre ated and managed before or after the recording has been performed This data consists of a name which is used to identify the participan
15. sequence as it is a sequence of elements from the timeline Element types that cannot be used in Presentation Sequences are External Video and Scene Camera elements 4 1 4 1 Exporting and importing Presentation Sequences In order to create sequences to use please follow this workflow 1 Add the elements to the timeline you want to use in your test The timeline will act as your library of media elements En sure you give each element a unique name as the name will be used to identify the element in the imported Presentation Sequences 2 Click on the Presentation Sequences icon in the Tobii Studio toolbar to open the Presentation Sequences menu Visualizations Areas of i bd Presentation Sequences 3 Select Export and save your file to a location where you can easily find it This file will contain the Presentation Se quences currently active in the system i e currently imported and selectable for recordings If you have not imported any before the file will only contain what is shown on the timeline 4 Open the exported file in a text editor of your choice A recommended option for editing the file is to use Microsoft Excel as Excel will help preserving the formatting and allows for quick and easy copy pasting of elements to new sequences If opening the file in Microsoft Excel you will be presented with a choice of what format best describes your data Select the Delimited option You also need to provide som
16. Click the Check Uncheck button to toggle selection of all the AOls Note that clicking the Check Uncheck button toggles se lection of the individual AOls and does not influence the AOI groups Selection of an AOI group is toggled by clicking the check boxes associated with the AOI group Select the Show Not on AOI check box to include fixation or mouse click data that is not included in any of the AOls in the analysis The not on AOI data will be displayed per media 9 3 Building Statistics tables and charts The Statistics workspace consists of toolbars for defining how the data is presented in the tables and charts You can select AOI metrics create and view tables and charts and change the statistics settings and properties The results from your AOI analysis are displayed in the central section of the Statistics workspace This section is called the Statistics Display Area The analysis output can be a descriptive statistics table or chart and depends on the Statistics or Table and Charts toolbar settings Metric Time to First Fixation v Rows Recordings Columns _AOls per Media gt Media time Os to media end Do al gt catcuiate by Descriptive Statistics Participant Variables Cell format Update Required Update fio 6 m a By default when you change a setting on the toolbars or toggle selection of items in the Data Selection panel the central
17. Follow steps 1 3 above to open the Glasses Tools 2 Click the Ruler button below the playback controls to the right of the stated current Default Distance The fullscreen Parallax Correction Tool will now open To change the Default Distance for the selected recording 1 With the fullscreen Parallax Correction Tool open click the down arrow button to the right of the stated current Default Distance User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings 49 Select a predetermined range or Set custom distance If setting a custom distance type the desired distance in centi meters and click OK The Default Distance header turns green and states the new distance Click Save changes in the top right section of the tool when finished making alterations This will take you back to the Replay screen Changes made to both the Default Distance and individually selected sections are highlighted in green before they have been saved Click Save changes while in the fullscreen Parallax Correction Tool to update the gaze data overlay Only after the save and update has taken place will the replay show the data corrected for the set distances Select Close in the fullscreen Parallax Correction Tool to exit the full screen mode without saving any changes made If you try to close without saving changes you will be asked if you want to save your changes before closing To specify a new section with a new distance 1
18. If the sampling frequency is low the eye will have time to do quite large shifts of direction between two samples which makes it easy for the eye tracker to distinguish between real eye movements and noise The higher the sampling frequency is the smaller the eye movement will be between two consecutive samples at a given eye velocity Noise will therefore have a greater impact in a high frequency system even though it has the same magnitude as in a low frequency system The Noise reduction moving average function is a symmetric moving average filter It produces output data by creating an arithmetic mean of a number of data points from the input data The number of input data points used to produce each output point is controlled by the Window size parameter Each produced output data point is given the timestamp of the input data point that was in the center of the window the input median point the window size parameter must be an odd number The window size is dynamically adjusted so that the window never stretches outside the valid data series User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 6 Defining fixations 53 The default value of the Window size parameter is 3 samples which is the lowest possible value having an effect on the data Al ways use the VelocityChart application to examine the noise reduction effects while applying and adjusting the parameters in the Noise reduction function Yarbus L 1967 Eye Movements and Vision Transl
19. On the right side pane in the Settings area from the Type dropdown select one of the options e Count is calculated by the number of fixations e Absolute duration is calculated by the duration of fixations e Relative duration is calculated by the duration of the fixations relative to the total time spent by the participants on the selected media To change the heat map style and color i 4 In the Settings area on the right side panel drag the Radius slider to change the value for the Kernel size width of the color mapping around a single fixation The default value is 50 pixels Read 7 5 2 How are heat maps calculated be fore you make any changes to this setting In the Appearance amp Style area on the right side panel click the Style drop down list to select whether you want to use e _Heatmap The colored heat map uses a color gradient to display the areas with more or longer fixations e Gaze Opacity uses a transparency gradient The gaze opacity shows the parts of the media with the highest counts or longest fixations and shades the rest of the media Click one of the three color boxes under Color to change the colors of the heat map gradient The box on the left repre sents few fixations while the box on the right represents more fixations The Alpha Gradient Settings dialog box will open if gaze opacity was selected The number on the left represents few fixations and the number on the right represents
20. The Scene Camera media element is used in combination with Tobii X Series Eye Trackers setups It combines video data col lected from a stand alone camera and gaze data In addition to the video device settings the Scene Camera element contains a perspective calibration tool to compensate for the scene camera s position relative to the stimulus and the user This media ele ment cannot be combined with other elements in the timeline The typical setup consists of the following items Some sort of physical stimulus such as a collection of objects that is moved around on a table or magazines mobile devices or similar For proper gaze recording stimuli should be positioned or moved along a 2 dimensional plane Any deviations from the plane caused by the depth of the objects placed on the plane for example will cause parallax errors in the gaze estimate A calibration grid which is placed on the same surface that is being tracked This grid is used to calibrate the eye tracker to the participants and to align the calibration of the scene camera perspective A scene camera a video camera or a webcamera which is used to record a video stream of the scene presented to the test participant The video from the scene camera is recorded in Tobii Studio A Tobii X Series Eye Tracker and the correct settings in the configuration tool For details on the eye tracker setups and settings read the system recommendations document and the Tobii Eye Tracke
21. for details please read 3 1 Creating a new project and 3 2 Opening an existing project On the Design and Record tab click Setup and select Settings This will open the Global Settings dialog box Select the Eye Tracker tab and click the eye tracker in the eye tracker list Verify that the eye tracker is connected by checking the Status value corresponding to the eye tracker in the list oa fF w Click OK to close the Global Settings window For details on how to set up the Tobii Studio computer and your Tobii Eye Tracker read the Tobii Eye Trackers user manuals 2 4 Eye tracker firmware upgrade When you start Tobii Studio and connect a Tobii Eye Tracker Tobii Studio will automatically detect if the eye tracker has the lat est Tobii Eye Tracker Firmware installed If the Tobii Eye Tracker has an old version of the firmware a message window is dis played prompting you to upgrade the eye tracker firmware Click Yes if you wish to upgrade the eye tracker firmware or No if you wish to keep the current version of the firmware To upgrade the eye tracker firmware manually in Tobii Studio 1 Open the Eye tracker Selector dialog box tab by either clicking the connection status button on the Design and Record tab or by opening the Global Settings dialog box and selecting the Eye Tracker tab 6 2 Installing and Updating Tobii Studio User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 2 5 Select the eye tracker by clicking the eye tracke
22. 10 2 Tobii Studio Remote Viewer LAN requirements ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaae es 134 A IS isaac hcca ec aaa ccd e saat cca E A cad a oa E EE 135 12 1 Computer seting Serin aiiin a EE a Ea 135 12 1 1 Setting up display reSOlUtiOn 0 naaa an iaia aaa NEE aiaa 135 12 1 2 Configuring a dual screen computer SetUp s srseseerssrrsrrrrrrrrusruernnrrrrrrerueenrnennen 136 12 1 3 Enabling the 3GB switch in Windows 82 Bit ccccccecseceeeceeeeenecreeeeeeeseennaeees 137 12 2 Tobii Studio Global Settings dialog bOX ne nieeeen eee ae ae nennes 137 12 2 1 Screen and video Capture SettingS ceeeeeeeeseeeeeeee aa eeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeees 138 12 2 2 Eye Tracker browser and hardware settings esiin 139 12 2 3 Calibration Setting Scao Trea Ricasiad Ea Na r TEAN 140 12 2 4 Fixation filter Settings iiiisiiissrisiiisrinnnansnidonan aonni iiei naii ionada ia 140 1226 Recording settings 2csiicictesschectscdicnect sestincstbessiectteedtvectbastvincstedtieccttentictitestiectieedes 140 12 2 6 Miscellaneous SettingS ccccseeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeceeseeseeeeaeeeeeenees 142 Tobi Studio media MAN TES esaa eamsssmedetaiisee i cmeczdecinaniencasheetaniosnds 143 APPNO NOS RATASE E tia eee 144 14 1 Appendix A Tobii Studio critical timing information ssssssssssssssrrsssssrrinssrrnnrnsrrnnnnrurrnnrrnnnnnnn 144 14 1 1 Stimulus start time offset images and ViI
23. 10 5 Defining the data cell format of the data export output file In order to provide maximum flexibility in terms of what software the exported data can be imported into it is possible to specify what characters should be used as a decimal point separator and to symbolize that no data is available To define the data cell format of the data export output file 1 On the Output toolbar click the Cell format button to open the Dell format dialog 2 Inthe Cell format dialog in the Decimal Point field enter a character to be used as decimal point 3 Inthe Cell format dialog in the No Value field enter a character to symbolize no data available 4 Click Done 10 6 Setting the file name of the data export output file Depending on whether One single file or Individual files is selected different options are given for naming the exported file s To enter a filename do one of the following e If One single file is selected enter the filename in the Enter file name field Note If no text is entered the file name will be on the format ProjectName_Data_Export tsv e f Individual files is selected a Click the Naming button to open the File naming dialog In the File naming dialog select the Project name checkbox if the project name should be included in the file name In the File naming dialog select the Test name checkbox if the test name should be included in the file name In the File naming dialog select
24. 2 6 Open the fullscreen Parallax Correction Tool In the timeline select the time you want to set a distance for Do so by dragging the timeline marker to the start of the de sired interval and then dragging the right handle to the end of the interval For setting a more precise interval right click the estimated selection click Set Time for Selection enter the exact start and end times and click OK Right click the selection and move the over Create Parallax Correction from Selection Select a predetermined range or Set custom distance If setting a custom distance type the desired distance in centi meters and click OK The selected interval is added to the Distance timeline in green Click Save changes in the top right section of the tool when finished making alterations This will take you back to the Replay screen Click the Glasses Tools button at the bottom and notice the gray interval with the distance you selected Multiple corrections can be made before clicking the Save changes button 50 If creating a new parallax correction that covers any part of another correction you will be prompted whether you want to continue with overwriting the previous distance To change or remove a specific section of the recording 1 With the fullscreen Parallax Correction Tool open Right click the section you want to make a change to 3 Select which change you would like to make Set time Set Distance Clear Clear all
25. AOI or AOI group A visit is defined as the time interval between the first fixation on the active AOI and the end of the last fixation within the same active AOI where there have been no fixations out side the AOI For AOI groups a visit is defined as the time interval between the first fixation on any active AOI belonging to the group and the end of the last fixation within on any active AOI within the AOI group where there have been no fixations outside the active AOls of the AOI group If at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated on the AOI the Visit Count value will not be computed and the re cording will not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N t Former Observation Count 9 4 14 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element 106 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US When participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in t
26. Consequently if you wish to change the Velocity Threshold setting you need to consider the sample rate of the eye tracker as well as the image resolution when calculating the speed For example a 35 pixel radius will correspond to 35 16 6 2 11 pixels ms threshold on a 60 Hz eye tracker while on a 300 Hz eye tracker the threshold will be 35 3 3 10 6 pixels ms D D Salvucci and J H Goldberg 2000 Identifying fixations and saccades in eyetracking protocols In Proceedings of the 2000 symposium on Eye tracking research amp applications pp 71 78 ACM New York NY USA 6 4 Raw Data Filter The gaze data received from the eye tracker consists of gaze point coordinates distance to the eye tracker pupil size etc for the left and right eye separately The Raw data filter will not classify the data into fixations but instead it offers the possibility to apply two data processing functions Gap fill in interpolation and Noise reduction moving average to the data 6 4 1 Gap fill in interpolation Not default for Raw data filter The purpose of the Gap fill in function is to fill in data where valid data is missing For example this is to prevent a fixation in which a few samples are missing being interpreted as two separate fixations Such loss of valid data can occur due to temporary reflections in the participant s eyes or glasses etc In these cases the data loss is usually limited to a short period of time typi cally less than 50
27. Library dialog box or if Tobii Studio is already running choose Fil e gt Open Project to open the Tobii Studio Project Library 2 Inthe project list double click a project to open it Alternatively click the project to highlight it and then click Open 3 3 Linking a project to the project library You can copy and paste Tobii Studio projects between different computers or disk drives and link them to the Tobii Studio Proj ect Library To link a project to the project library 1 Inthe Tobii Studio Project Library window click the Link Project to Library button to open Windows Explorer 2 Browse to the appropriate project folder 3 Double click the project folder to open it in Windows Explorer 4 Click the database file db3 and then click Open to add it to the project list 5 You can now open the project within the Tobii Studio Project Library i When you link a project to the Tobii Studio Project Library only a link is created in the library while the project archive tests stimuli and recording database remains in its original location The project location is listed in the Tobii Studio Project Library s project list under the Path column For instructions on how to remove a project from the Tobii Studio Project Library please see 3 6 Deleting and removing proj ects from the project library 3 4 Exporting and importing projects Projects can also be exported as a single compressed file nas and imported into another co
28. Movie RTA Full Screen and Help buttons e Recordings pane This is where you can select and delete recordings view a list of the different events Events and read the user camera recording User Cam e Replay pane This is where you can view playback of the stimuli and recording of the participant s gaze view the record ing timeline control the playback create and edit segments segment groups and scenes and change viewing settings From the Replay tab you can also launch the Velocity Chart VelocityChart in Tobii Studio plots the angular eye velocity gaze coordinates raw or processed and the classified fixation coordinates of a recording The main purpose of VelocityChart is to help the user set the parameters in the data processing functions particularly when using the I VT fixation filter VelocityChart is a separate software application but is launched from within Tobii Studio To launch the VelocityChart application 1 Select the Replay tab in Tobii Studio 2 Inthe Recordings pane right click on the recording you want to open in VelocityChart Click Launch VelocityChart The VelocityChart opens in a new window Read more on the Velocity Chart in 14 2 VelocityChart Visualizing eye tracking data on a timeline To play back a recording 1 Inthe Recordings pane click the recording you wish to view 38 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 2 Inthe lower left corner of the
29. Once the appropriate files and settings have been chosen click Import If a project with the same project ID already ex ists there are two options save the project as a new project or merge it with the old read the following section 3 5 Merging Tobii Studio projects The project will appear in the project list when the import is finished Merging Tobii Studio projects Tobii Studio allows you to create a project with one or more tests the parent project and then export this project to other To bii Studio workstations where the test recordings can be carried out in parallel The recordings and eye tracking data can then be merged back into the original project for analysis A project with the same name must exist in the project list in order to merge two projects i To ensure that the recordings are merged into the correct test do not make any changes to the test design and de tails in the child project To merge two projects 1 2 3 6 Start Tobii Studio to open the Tobii Project Library dialog box Click Import Project Archive Click Browse to open the Windows Explorer dialog box and browse to the file you want to merge Click the file to select it and then click Open After loading you can select or unselect specific tests or recordings by clicking Show archive contents and selecting the recordings to be imported If there are any conflicts a new dialog box opens This dialog box displays the merging options and
30. Replay pane click the play button to start playback of the recording Use the rewind for ward stop and pause buttons to control the playback 3 While paused click the RIGHT and LEFT ARROW keys on your keyboard to move forward or backwards respectively frame by frame 4 Jump to different sections of the recording by dragging the marker on the Replay pane timeline clicking the desired lo cation or clicking an event in the Events list in the Recordings pane 5 1 Playback settings The complete test session recording can be viewed at any time with gaze data superimposed The Replay tab is a flexible tool that allows you to customize different aspects of the recording playback and analysis detail 5 1 1 Customizing the recordings list In the Recordings pane there is a list of all the recordings made in the selected test By default Tobii Studio displays in the re cordings list the name of the recording the quality of the recording as a percentage samples and the participant that was re corded You can also display more information about the recording To make more information about the recording visible in the Recordings list of the Recordings pane 1 Right click anywhere on the recordings list Select Show in the context menu Now select one at a time the information you want to display in the list The title of the new column will appear at the top of the list To sort the list by a recording detail 1 Right
31. Select the Extend my Windows desktop onto this monitor check box Click the monitor icons and drag to configure their relative position 6 The eye tracker screen should be set as the primary screen monitor and the Remote Viewer screen as the secondary Click Identify to see which screen is the primary screen 7 To set the eye tracker screen as the primary monitor select the eye tracker monitor in the Display list and then clear the Use this device as the primary monitor check box This check box is unavailable when you select the monitor icon that is currently set as the primary monitor For some graphics cards you need to click Advanced on the Settings tab to access this function Make sure that the screens have the same resolution Read the previous section for more information on how to set the screen resolution Click OK or Apply to view the changes If the Display drop down list does not show the two monitor icons then Windows is not detecting the secondary monitor Check if the cables to the monitor are plugged into the right connectors that the connection source is set correctly on your monitor and whether your computer s graphics card supports dual view Please read the manual for your monitor for more information This check box is unavailable when you select the monitor icon that is currently set as the primary monitor For some graphics cards you need to click Advanced on the Settings tab to access this functio
32. To improve the graphics card performance and reduce the hard disk load select High Color 16 bit for Color Quality Click Advanced settings and then click the Monitor tab Under Colors select High Color 16 bit and then click OK For studies that require higher color quality use a computer with very good performance and contact Tobii Support for recommendations 7 Click OK to accept the changes and close the Control Panel 12 1 2 Configuring a dual screen computer setup This step is only required if you plan to use your system with an extra monitor to show Tobii Studio Remote Viewer and if both the eye tracker monitor and the Remote Viewer monitor are both connected to the Tobii Studio computer VGAIDVI out In order to use two screens your computer must be equipped with a dual head graphics card and you must have two monitors connected to this card One monitor is the eye tracker monitor where the stimuli are shown and one is a regular monitor for To bii Studio Remote Viewer To change the computer display settings Windows XP 1 Once the dual display graphics card is installed with the card specific drivers and the two screens are connected to the computer right click your computer desktop then select Properties In the Display Properties dialog box click the Settings tab On the Settings tab you should see two icons representing the two monitors Click the Display drop down list and select your external monitor 4
33. Tobii Studio again you will be prompted to enter a license activation key o Ngo A Click the Activate Now button if you wish to reactivate your license 2 2 3 How to change the license key information The License Data dialog box displays the license key and Tobii Studio edition information together with your organization name and contact e mail address To check the license key reference and the Tobii Studio edition 1 Start Tobii Studio 2 Open an existing project or create a new project for details read 3 1 Creating a new project and 3 2 Opening an exist ing project Click Help on Tobii Studio top menu bar and then click About Tobii Studio 4 The About Tobii Studio dialog box displays information about the Tobii Studio version edition license key and whether it is activated or not 5 To change the license key click the Enter license key button to open the License Data dialog box 6 Inthe License key field select the existing license key and press DELETE 7 Type the new license key 8 Click Activate Now or Activate later to close the License Data dialog box 2 3 Connecting Tobii Studio to a Tobii Eye Tracker To verify that the Tobii Studio computer and your Tobii Eye Tracker are correctly configured check if you are able to connect To bii Studio to the eye tracker To test the connection 1 Start Tobii Studio by clicking the icon on your desktop 2 Open an existing project or create a new project and test
34. Use halftone smooth video scaling check box is selected the video will be streamed with a better image and details will be easier to see However this option requires more processor resources and can lower the computer s performance Type a value in the Screen capture frame rate field to change the frame rate of the screen recording of the participant s activ ities on the screen In a video recording a frame is one of the many still images that compose the complete moving picture and is usually expressed in number of frames per second The higher the frame rate the more processor resources will be consumed and the larger the size of the video file The default value for Tobii Studio is 5 frames per second FPS Global Settings Screen and Video Capture Eye Tracker Calibration Fixation Filters Recording Miscellaneous Live viewer E Use halftone smooth video scaling Halftone scaling improves the video quality but decreases performance f you experience performance problems with this option enabled you could try to tum it off Screen capture framerate 5 fps User Camera Capture V Record user camera Record user sound V Enable live viewing V Enable remote viewing Video Source Inputs HP Webcam 2 MP Macro 7 _ Camera Settings Veo Setings _ Video Codec Click for preview Microsoft Video 1 xj Settings Edit Audio Source
35. User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 3 Make the necessary changes to the media element 4 Click OK to accept the changes and close the dialog box 4 1 4 Presentation Sequences Presentation Sequences makes it possible to decide the order of timeline elements shown in a recording This means that it is possible to show all or just some of the elements on the timeline in a selected predefined order to a participant in a study during a single recording The only limitation to the order definition is that the same element cannot be shown more than once in the same recording If you want to show different media elements to different participants such in an A B test you can now add these to the same timeline instead of creating one test per media element This is possible because not all elements on the timeline i e media have to be included in the all Presentation Sequences you create Hence you can now instead create one sequence per media version By keeping all media versions in the same test you can more easily compare them when doing data analysis as you don t have to switch test to access the data To specify the different versions of the timeline that will be used in the test a file that outlines the permutations of the element presentation order must be created The permutations have to be given unique names that later can be selected when doing the recordings In Tobii Studio each permutation of the timeline will be called a
36. VelocityChart in Tobii Studio plots the angular eye velocity gaze coordinates raw or processed and the classified fixation co ordinates of a recording The main purpose of VelocityChart is to help the user set the parameters in the data processing func tions particularly when using the I VT fixation filter Below a VelocityChart showing eye tracking data on a timeline r EE VelocityChart Rec 02 Number of fixations 53 Total fixation duration 00 00 21 8768670 gt B File Settings VelocityChart v Filter settings 600 millimeters degrees s Seconds tion X Fixation Y The straight red line in VelocityChart above shows the Velocity threshold in the I VT fixation classifier The other lines described on the chart legend are e X Y gaze coordinates raw or processed mm e Fixation X Fixation Y Fixation coordinates mm e Fixation Indicates fixations found e Velocity Absolute value of the eyes angular velocity degree second 148 14 Appendixes User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 14 2 1 Important Notifications e VelocityChart is a separate application Adjustments to the fixation filter parameters within VelocityChart need to be transferred to Tobii Studio to have an impact on replay visualizations statistics and text export The transfer procedure is described in 14 2 2 Using VelocityChart to tune the Raw Data or the I VT Fixation filters e VelocityChart can only be a
37. X Config Tool button To compensate for the scene camera perspective 1 Use the Preview image to adjust the camera s position so that it shows an image of the surface and the calibration grid you want to eye track and then secure the camera to avoid any accidental shift in position 2 Place the calibration grid on the object s surface calibration plane J camera perspec 3 Inthe Perspective Calibration section click New A snapshot of the camera video feed is shown in the Calibration Image box along with a polygon with five calibration points This element records everything that is received from an extemal video source until it is manually stopped It allows perspective a mapping of gaze data Bement Name Scene Camera Bement 4 Adjust the five points of the polygon so that their positions match the position of the five dots on the calibration grid Do so by dragging each point over the respective calibration grid dot To ensure that the points are placed correctly over the calibration dots click the Zoom button to open the Calibration Image dialog box containing an enlarged version of the calibration image Click OK to accept the changes and close the dialog box Set the calibration to manual For details on manual calibration please read 4 3 7 2 Manual calibration User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 21 During the recording To
38. be analyzed 2 Be Media 4 E AOls v L ReadingandFaces Add all media in this test 42 Recordings r DrawAngry JPG r DrawHappy JPG 0 gj AO Groups Remove Remove T DrawAngry JPG Y DrawHappy JPG Y DrawSad JPG F PhotoAngry JPG F PhotoHappy JPG PhotoSad JPG Lol On the media browser s left list box you will be able to view a list of all the media included in the current project The media can be displayed in 4 different views Test Media Type AOI Group and Participant The Test view displays the media listed in fold ers by test Media Type organizes the media by type of media file e g images videos and scenes AOI Group displays a list of user created AOI groups and the media that contains the AOls that belong to those groups and Participant displays the media viewed by each project participant To toggle between the different views click the Group media by selection buttons Important notes on dynamic AOls and eye tracking metrics e Dynamic AOls can be either active or inactive Only active AOls will collect data This means that if there is a fixation on an AOI that goes from being inactive to active at some stage during the fixation only fixation data points from the in terval where the AOI was active will be collected The same is true if the AOI goes from active to inactive The result of this is that fixations can be cut off when the AOI changes activation state active inacti
39. be the recording screen When you roll the mouse over the blue highlighted display you will see a message on the respective screen This is the recording screen and for the other display you will get a message on its corresponding screen saying Click to make this the recording screen To enable Live Viewer click the Setup icon and select Show Live Viewer The Live Viewer window opens on the main display Drag the window to the display that is used to monitor the recording read 12 1 2 Configuring a dual screen computer setup to find out more on how you can configure your system to sup port a dual screen setup To check if the user camera and user sound are enabled disabled 1 Click the Setup icon on the Design and Record header and select Settings 2 Under the Screen and Video Capture tab select the Record user camera and Record user sound check boxes read12 2 1 Screen and video capture settings for details on how to set the user camera and sound Click the Preview Test icon to verify that the media is presented correctly read 4 1 7 Test preview to learn how to preview a To bii Studio test Make sure that you have the correct calibration settings read the section below 4 3 1 Calibration settings Before an eye tracking recording is started the user is taken through the calibration procedure During this procedure the eye tracker measures characteristics of the user s eyes and uses them together with an internal physio
40. data for analysis or export Exported videos can then be viewed with external media players Segments can also be used to create scenes In this case the segment determines the section of the recording that contains the relevant gaze data to create visualizations or calculate eye tracking metrics 5 4 1 Auto generating segments Before generating the segments you first need to identify or create the events that you will use to determine the start and end points Read the previous section to learn how to create events To automatically generate segments 1 Click the Generate icon on the Replay tab and select Segments 2 Inthe Auto Generate Segments dialog box type a name in the Segment name prefix field that will be used to identify the segment 3 Select to Generate the segments for one of the e Current recording e All the recordings in the current test e All the recordings in all tests 4 Optionally you can Add theSegment s to a Segment Group by selecting one of the existing Segment Groups from the dropdown list or select New Segment Group if you want to add the segments to a new group A new Segment Group is going to be created and you will be prompted to enter a name for it after performing step 6 5 Select the segment start and stop points from the event type lists e You can also choose to add a time offset to the start or end of the segment The offset can be used for example to adjust the size of the segment if you se
41. ere TE Internet Protected Mode Off To create a heat map 1 Inthe media list click a media element to select it User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data 65 7 5 1 Select the Recordings check boxes to include the recordings in the analysis or clear the boxes to remove the recordings Click the Heat Map tab to display the heat map For instructions on how to customize the appearance of the heat map please read 7 5 1 Customizing heat maps You can export the visualization image the heat map image or the animated visualization by clicking the Export button on the Visualizations header For detailed instructions please read 7 8 Exporting gaze plots heat maps and clusters Customizing heat maps Tobii Studio can produce three different types of heat maps depending on which eye movement information you wish to focus on Count total number of fixations Count heat maps show the accumulated number of fixations calculated from all the selected recordings for the selected time interval selected from the timeline and can be used for example to deter mine whether participants have seen different elements on a stimulus image or website Each fixation made by each par ticipant adds a color value to the fixation map and the value is the same regardless of its duration Absolute duration based on fixation durations Absolute Duration heat maps display the accumulated fixation d
42. export Mg 14 of 14 selected _ Select Data Set Contains data about events recorded during a recording such as mouse clicks key presses studio events and external events A Gaze event data and AOI activity information 7 of 7 selected 7 Contains data about gaze event data such as fixations and saccades as well as about AOI activity information Gaze tracking data 15 of 15 selected 7 Contains the raw gaze point of each data sample expressed in pixels or millimeters for each eye individually or as an average Eye tracking data and validity codes 16 of 16 selected 7 Contains data such as eye position pupil size and validity codes The Data Export tool has 4 main areas e Data export toolbar This is where you find the following tools Select Data Set allows you to select the type of export you want to perform You can choose to export Full Re cordings Segments or Media Export Data click this to perform the export after selecting the data to be exported Load Settings allows you to load an existing set of data to be exported Save Settings allows you to save the currently selected set of data so that you can load it at a later point in time e Data to export pane This is where you can select and view the data set for the data export after you have previously se lected the data set e Data export columns types selection area This is where you select what data typ
43. group by selecting the check boxes in the Values list 5 You can choose to filter by one independent variable or a combination of several independent variables e g the group young Danish women can be created by using the independent variable combination age nationality and gender In or der to create a multivariable group repeat step 4 for other variables you wish to use to describe the group 6 Click OK to create or Cancel to dismiss the new group To select a participant group 1 Click the Participant Group drop down list button This opens the Participant Groups list 2 Under Participant Groups select an existing group by clicking the group The list of recordings will be updated automati cally showing only the recordings that fulfill the group conditions To edit an existing participant group 1 Click the Participant Group drop down list button This opens the Participant Groups list 2 Click the Edit button to the right of the group name in the Participant Groups list This opens the Edit Group dialog box Change the group name in the Participant Group Name field Click an independent variable in the Variables list and select the values you wish to include or exclude in the group defi nition by selecting the check boxes in the Values list 5 Repeat step 4 for other variables you wish to change Click OK to accept or Cancel to dismiss the changes 62 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data User Manual Tobii Studio
44. image will have a white square and so on When performing a recording with a light sensor attached to the monitor please note that the light sensor might be triggered by various other events prior to the start of the recording such as the Tobii Studio calibration procedure or the Windows desktop which is briefly shown at the start and the end of a Tobii Studio recording see the image on the previous page Tobii Studio will only register events that occur after the start of the recording In order to reduce the amount of non stimuli related event markers in the data we recommend the following settings and procedures e Set the background of your desktop to black e Clear the area covered by the light sensor of desktop icons e Close any other open application than Tobii Studio before starting the recording e Use a dual screen setup with the eye tracker screen setup as your secondary screen You can then run studio on your primary screen and only present the calibration and the stimuli on the secondary screen e In a single screen setup run Tobii Studio non Maximized window mode and avoid dragging the Tobii Studio window to the area where the light sensor is placed e Hide the Windows Task Bar if the sensor is placed on the bottom of the screen If these instructions are followed the two first events should be related to the calibration procedure thereafter all other events should be related to the stimuli Note It is recommended to alwa
45. incre ment number starting with 1 first gaze sample GazePointLeftX ADCSpx Horizontal coordinate of the unprocessed Pixels ADCSpx gaze point for the left eye on the screen GazePointLeftY ADCSpx Vertical coordinate of the unprocessed Pixels ADCSpx gaze point for the left eye on the screen GazePointRightX ADCSpx Horizontal coordinate of the unprocessed Pixels ADCSpx gaze point for the right eye on the screen GazePointRightY ADCSpx Vertical coordinate of the unprocessed Pixels ADCSpx gaze point for the right eye on the screen GazePointX ADCSpx Horizontal coordinate of the averaged left Pixels ADCSpx and right eye gaze point on the screen 128 10 Exporting Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US Gaze tracking data Description Format Reference system GazePointY ADCSpx Vertical coordinate of the averaged left and right eye gaze point on the screen Pixels ADCSpx GazePointX MCSpx Horizontal coordinate of the averaged left and right eye gaze point on the media ele ment Column empty if e Fixation is outside media e Media is covered e No media is displayed Pixels MCSpx GazePointY MCSpx Vertical coordinate of the averaged left and right eye gaze point on the media element Column empty if e Fixation is outside media e Media is covered e No media is displayed Pixels MCSpx GazePointLeftX ADCSmm Horizontal coo
46. is the lowest possible value having an effect on the data Al ways use the VelocityChart application to examine the noise reduction effects while applying and adjusting the parameters in the Noise reduction function Yarbus L 1967 Eye Movements and Vision Translated from the Russian edition Moscow 1965 by Basil Haigh Lorrin A Riggs Translation Ed Plenum New York 1967 xiv 222 pp 6 4 2 2 MovingMedian The Moving Median noise reduction function is accessible using the I VT fixation filter and the Raw data filter Statistically the moving average function is optimal for recovering eye movement data in the eye tracking data series if the fluc tuations are normally distributed such as noise around a fixation However a normal distribution does not place high probability on large deviations which occur once a saccade take place This explains why the edge between a fixation and a saccade will be disproportionally smoothed in the output data If the fluctuations are instead assumed to be Laplace distributed the moving median is statistically optimal For a given variance the Laplace distribution places higher probability on rare events such as sac cades than does the normal This explains why the moving median noise reduction function tolerates saccades better than the moving average noise reduction function and why the median noise reduction filter better preserves the amplitude of the sac cade velocity The median noise reduction fun
47. is used is t2 3 2t represented by the blue line in the graph below The orange line represents the fixation point and thus the maximum color value Heatmap Colour distribution Cubic Hermite Spline polynomial y t2 3 2t 1 1 E a Linear 0 5 m interpolation 0 a 100 pixels The radius of the function can be adjusted from the Settings panel on the right side of the window and is set by default at 50 pixels corresponding to a total kernel of 100 pixels This default kernel was calculated to reflect the human visual field i e the fact that the human eye has the highest visual acuity at the fovea and that the acuity decreases as we move away from this spot on the retina For example when we focus on a word in a text we are able to read the word and its immediate neighbors but not words a few centimeters away 68 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US Since the kernel is set in pixels Tobii heat maps are dependent on screen resolution and less representative of the individual s foveal vision if the participant varies his distance greatly to the stimulus The current kernel size is optimized for the Tobii T Series Eye Trackers standard screen resolution 1280x1024 and the typical distance from the participant to the eye tracker screen 64 cm Tobii heat map calculations using fixation count for Absolute and Relative duration the calculations are the same however in stead of
48. menu arrow and select Export to AVI In the Export to video clip settings dialog box start by enabling disabling the user camera and sound The user camera video may be moved to another location in the exported video Select the user camera opacity and size Select the codec you want to use to produce the video and type or select the frame rate of the video export Click Save to export the video file In the Save As dialog box type a file name and select the folder where you want to save it Click Save to complete the process To batch export segments to videos 1 2 N Qos Click the Export Movie button on the Replay header In the Batch Export Segments to AVI Clips dialog box start by choosing the folder where you want to export the videos to type the folder path or click the button to browse to the folder location Select to export one of the following e Export segments from Current recording All recordings in current test All recordings in all tests e Export recordings Current recording All recordings in current test All recordings in all tests Enable disable the user camera and sound in the User camera settings section Select the user camera opacity size and location You can change its location by dragging it around Select the codec you want to use to produce the video and type or select the frame rate of the video export Click OK to initiate the batch export A dialog box will appear when the
49. more fixations The numbers can range from 0 255 with 255 being opaque and 0 having no opacity Drag the Opacity slider to change the heat map s general opacity You can save a custom configuration of all the settings described above in order to use it at a later time without having to set each parameter manually again To save the customized settings 1 66 Select the parameter values as desired according to the steps described above 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 2 Inthe right side panel from the Preset dropdown list select Save New Preset A dialog opens 3 Type in the name for the new set of customized settings and click Save You will be able to see the new name under the Preset dropdown list and you will be able to load it directly by selecting it To load a predefined set of parameters 1 From the Preset dropdown list in the right side panel click to select the desired set of parameters 2 The parameter values corresponding to the selected preset will be loaded automatically Like gaze plots heat maps are dependent on the fixation filters settings Fixation filters are responsible for determining the num ber size and location of the fixation dots read more about fixation filters in 6 Defining fixations 7 5 2 How are heat maps calculated The heat map can either be based on fixation data or raw data depending on if you are using one of the fixation filters or
50. number is equal to or lower than TTXXX 204 XXXXXXXX you need to manually install the user camera driver This driver is not compatible with Windows 64 bit versions 2 2 Installing Tobii Studio To install Tobii Studio you need the Tobii Studio CD and a softwarelicense key The license key is used to activate Tobii Studio after it is installed on the computer Tobii offers single user and multiple user licenses A single user license includes a key for each copy purchased A multi user license includes one key with entitlement to install the software on multiple workstations or for multiple users on the same workstation License activation can be conducted when first running Tobii Studio or up to 5 days later if you are not able to connect to the Internet during the installation The Tobii Studio license key is located inside the Tobii Studio CD cover Use manual activation if you have problems activating your license or do not have an Internet connection To install Tobii Studio 1 Insert the Tobii Studio CD in your computer 2 Open the Tobii Studio CD folder 3 Double click TobiiStudio_installer_ exe represents the Tobii Studio version number 4 Follow the on screen prompts and instructions to complete the installation Start Tobii Studio by clicking the icon on your desktop to launch Tobii Studio Alternatively click Start menu gt All Programs gt Tobii From the Tobii menu select Studio and then click the Tobii Studio appli
51. ond and is adjusted by setting the parameter Velocity threshold in the Fixation filter dialog box Data points with angular velocity below the threshold value are classified fixation and data points above are classified saccade The default Velocity threshold value 30 degrees second The default value was chosen based on Tobii internal testing as well as reviewing eye tracking littera ture e g Rayner K et al 2007 Over et al 2007 and Komogortsev et Al 2010 to identify commonly used settings 54 6 Defining fixations User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US According to the VT fixation classifier a fixation is an unbroken chain of data points all classified fixation data points The fix ation coordinate is calculated as the arithmetic mean value of the coordinates of the data points beloning to the specific fixation Komogortsev et Al 2010 Standardization of Automated Analyses of Oculomotor Fixation and Saccadic Behaviors IEEE Trans actions on Biomedical Engineering vol 57 11 pp 2635 2645 Rayner K Li X Williams C C Cave K R Well A D 2007 Eye movements during information processing tasks Individual dif ferences and cultural effects Vision Research vol 47 21 pp 2714 2726 Over E A B Hooge I T C Vlaskamp B N S and Erkelens C J 2007 Coarse to fine eye movement strategy in visual search Vi sion Research vol 47 17 pp 2272 2280 6 1 5 Merge adjacent fixations Defa
52. sec tion of the Statistics workspace will turn dark and you need to click the Update button to recalculate and display the table and or chart To change the setting to automatically update when a setting has been changed click Auto next to Update in the low er left corner of the Statistics workspace 9 3 1 Configuring tables and charts The Statistics toolbar is located at the top of the Statistics workspace and displays several drop down list boxes These list boxes allow you to select eye tracking metrics and set general row and column settings related to the organization of the data in the tables and charts In addition you can also select which portion time interval of the media view time you wish to analyze by selecting a start time and duration value The Table and Chart toolbar is located in the top section of the Statistics workspace just below the Statistics toolbar Click the Table and Chart buttons on the toolbar to toggle between the Table and Chart views 90 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US Tip Right click directly on the table or chart to select different customization commands as well as to copy and export the table or graph 9 3 1 1 Metric The Metric drop down list contains eye and mouse tracking metrics that can be calculated for each AOI or AOI group The met ric you choose for the analysis will depend on the type of research question you wish to answer
53. the URL will become a unique media element 9 4 21 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element When participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements Time to First Mouse Click Across Media Measured in seconds hh cars Mouse click on media h 9 4 21 2 Brief description The time from the start of the media display until the test participant left clicks with the mouse on the AOI or AOI group for the first time seconds all media time included 112
54. the X Series Config Tool button to open the X Series Configuration Tool di alog box and set up the X Series Eye Tracker the button is only available if you select a Tobii X Series Eye Tracker User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 12 General Settings 139 Earlier eye tracker models e g 1750 and X50 are not detected automatically by Tobii Studio If you are using a Tobii 50 Ser ies Eye Tracker you need to set up the connection manually Type the IP address of the computer running the TET Server in the Host field or type 127 0 01 as the address if the TET Server is running on the same computer as Tobii Studio Type a name for the eye tracker in the Name field optional that can be used to identify the eye tracker in eye trackers list Click Add eye tracker to connect to the eye tracker and display it in the list 12 2 3 Calibration Settings Read 4 3 1 Calibration settings to learn how to change the calibration settings in Tobii Studio 12 2 4 Fixation filter settings The Fixation Filters tab allows you to configure the gaze data and fixation filter calculations These settings affect how the fixation data is visualized and the eye tracking metrics calculated in Tobii Studio but do not affect the raw gaze data To recalculate the fixation data simply change the settings on the Fixation tab The gaze data received from the eye tracker consists of gaze point coordinates distance to the eye tracker pupil size etc for the l
55. the projects that can be merged e Select Merge on import into the following project and select which project to merge with e Ifyou are not sure if you should merge the project select Save as a new project in the library instead The two proj ects will then be kept as two separate projects in the database Click OK when you are ready to merge or save the two projects Deleting and removing projects from the project library In the Tobii Studio Project Library for removing a project you have the following options deleting a project from the disk removing the project from the project list but without deleting it from the disk To delete a project from the disk 1 2 10 Start Tobii Studio From the Projects list in the Tobii Studio Project Library click the Delete icon on the same row as the Project you wish to delete 3 Managing Tobii Studio Projects User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 3 Confirm you wish to delete the project by clicking Yes in the confirmation dialog box A When you choose to delete the project it will be permanently deleted from the disk To remove a project from the project list 1 Start Tobii Studio to view the Project Library 2 Right click the project you want to remove 3 On the context menu click Remove From Library 4 Confirm that you want to remove the project by clicking Yes in the confirmation dialog box User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 3 Managing Tobii S
56. the raw data filter In both cases the data entries consist of a timestamp duration and spatial location X and Y coordinates information Eye tracking raw data is composed of fixation and noise data points The noise includes eye samples during saccades and other small fixation related movements Thus a heat map based on raw data will contain more noise and show larger areas with the high color value When a heat map is based on raw data each entry corresponds to a raw gaze point from the eye tracker sampled every 3 3 to 33 ms depending on the sampling data rate of the eyetracker The duration values for each entry are con stant as they are defined by the duration of the sampling interval When the input is based on fixation data the eye tracker will group the raw data entries into fixations and the duration of each fixation depends on the fixation filter used to identify the fixations The input data will typically look like this Fixation 1 Start 132 ms Duration 132 ms Location 415 711 Fixation 2 Start 264 ms Duration 735 ms Location 711 491 Fixation 3 Start 999 ms Duration 101 ms Location 801 10 72 Basic concept The first step in creating a heat map is to map the fixation on the stimuli This is done by going through all the fixations in all the selected recordings one by one and adding their values whenever a fixation shares the same X and Y pixel location as another see the figures below If we chose Count we
57. this will result in a lower percentage If the test is performed so that the participant is asked questions during the recording and occasionally looks at a test leader an alternative method should be considered e Participant The name of the test participant To show the Samples and Colors columns right click the recordings list select Show Columns and then select the parameter to be displayed To remove a column from the Recordings list repeat the process explained above and then clear the check marks for the respective columns All the recordings are selected by default i e check boxes are selected To remove a recording from the analysis clear the check box in the Recordings list associated with that recording Click the Check Uncheck button to toggle selection of all the recordings gati Using independent variables and segment groups to filter recordings Filtering allows you to restrict your data to a group of participants For example if you have created an independent variable called gender you can produce two separate heat maps for women and men by creating two filters one for males and another for females Each filter can be defined by either one independent variable or a combination of independent variables You can view select create and manage filters in the Recordings lists of the Visualization tab Use the Participant Group or Segments Group drop down lists located at the top of the Recordings list of the Selection pane
58. time for segment Milliseconds RecordingTimestamp SegmentDuration Duration of segment Milliseconds SceneName Name of the Scene selected for export in the Select Media for Export option SceneSegmentStart Start time for each segment belonging to a Milliseconds RecordingTimestamp scene SceneSegmentEnd End time for each segment belonging toa Milliseconds RecordingTimestamp scene SceneSegmentDuration Duration of each segment belonging to a Milliseconds scene 10 10 5 Timestamp data This group of data types provides timestamps for sampled data and events Timestamp data Description Format RecordingTimestamp Timestamp counted from the start of the recording tO 0 This timestamp is based on the internal computer clock of the computer running Tobii Studio This clock is regularly synchron ized with the eye tracker clock in order to ensure that the time stamps of the gaze data is accurate in relation to other events such as when media is shown or participant generated events such as mouse clicks Milliseconds LocalTime Recording computer local date time value timestamp This provides the timestamp from the internal clock of the com puter running Tobii Studio in the data format Hour Minutes Seconds Milliseconds EyeTrackerTimestamp Timestamp obtained from the eye tracker firmware TET server clock The source of this timestamp is the internal clock in the eye tracker hardware This
59. to First Mouse Click Across are calculated from the start of the media display While other metrics such as Fixation Duration or Visit Duration are calculated within the selected interval only 9 3 1 5 Table options Tables display the AOI analyses organized by column headings such as metrics media AOI and descriptive statistics and by row headings such as recordings participants or participant groups Tables can easily be exported to TXT files or copied to the clipboard and pasted into a document Metric Time to First Fixation gt Rows ParticipantGroups Columns AOls per Media gt Media time Os to media end C al catcutate by Descriptive Statistics Participant Variables Cel format Full Description Time to First Fixation The time from the start of the stimulus display until the test participant fixates on the AOI or AO Group for the first time seconds Read Time to First Fixation DrawAngry JPG DrawHappy JPG DrawAngryEyes neutral eyes DrawHappyEyes neutral eyes N Mean Sum N Mean Sum N Mean Sum N Mean Sum Participant Groups male 13 0 99 12 89 18 1 25 22 44 16 1 64 26 18 18 1 06 19 01 female 18 0 92 16 64 18 142 25 56 19 1 10 20 92 19 1 07 20 29 young men 13 0 99 12 89 16 1 25 19 93 14 1 62 22 62 16 1 08 17 23 young women All Participants 44 0 96 42 42 52 1 31 67 93 43 1 42 69 73 33 1 07 56 54 The Table columns headings are composed of 4 rows that follow a spe
60. to open Windows Ex plorer and select the executable file or program you want to run This step is optional Type the path of the folder where the executable file is located in the Start in field This step is optional 3 When the Run command check box is checked two more settings become available Select End screen recording when external application is closed to stop the Screen Recording element when the participant exits the application Or select Close external application when screen recording ends In this case the element is ended by pressing F10 on your key board or aborting the recording with ESC You can change the key to be used for stopping the media element in the Global Settings window Tools gt Settings If none of the options above are selected the element is ended with F10 and the application is closed separately 4 Ifthe Run command is left unchecked the application has to be started by the test participant or the test leader When the recording starts Tobii Studio is minimized and the Windows desktop or any program that is opened on the desktop is displayed If the Run command is not selected press F10 to move to the next element or ESC to abort the recording While the Screen Recording element is active Tobii Studio records gaze data a video of the screen content keystrokes and mouse clicks The video is recorded in the screen s resolution 4 1 26 External Video The External Video media element is used to p
61. to set the appearance of the legend AOls and mouse clicks e Selection pane on the left side This is where you can select the media recordings and AOls used to produce the visu alizations For details read 7 1 Selecting media and 7 2 Selecting recordings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data 59 e Visualization pane This is the main area where you can view the different visualizations view the recording timeline play back and also change viewing settings To create a visualization 1 Inthe Selection pane click a media element in the media list to select it For details please read 7 1 Selecting media 2 Now select the Recordings check boxes to include the recordings in the visualization Clear the check boxes to remove the recordings For more information on filtering the recordings please read 7 2 Selecting recordings 3 Click a visualization tab Gaze Plot Heat Map or Cluster to display the results in the Visualization pane For more infor mation about each visualization type please read 7 4 Creating gaze plots 7 5 Creating heat maps and 7 6 Creating clusters 4 Click the Play button to replay the selected recordings For more details on how to use the timeline please read 7 7 Us ing the timeline 5 You can export the visualizations by clicking the Export button and choosing one of the options according to your needs For details on how to export visualizations please read 7 8 Exporti
62. together with their description _ 0O 99 Start 00 00 01 723 Duration 00 00 01 399 i 2 Data Accumulate 1 00 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 02 I 00 00 03 00 00 04 M 00 00 05 00 00 06 00 00 07 00 00 08 eS O a 8 gt Zom 1 Start the point from where to start including the gaze data in the visualization Duration the time length for which the gaze data will be included in the visualization counted from the Start point 3 Lock icons used for setting a same value for the Start and or Duration for each recording and media If you set a Start time and then lock it when choosing a different recording from the list or a different media the Start value stays the same Please note that if you have locked one of the Start or Duration you can still modify their respective values 4 The current time displays the current time counting from the beginning of the recording for which the data is currently displayed For the Accumulate see step 7 below the data included is from the Start point to the Current time For the Sliding Window see 7 the interval being visualized is the duration of the sliding window to the current time Go to Start click this button to set the current time and current time needle 9 to the Start time Playback buttons used to play pause the visualization and to go to the previous next frame using the backward and forward buttons 7 Select the data source inte
63. tracking where attention is measured since participants do not see anything while blinking or looking away anyway The Tobii Studio user can control the limit of how large the gaps of data are that should be filled in by setting the parameter Max gap length The default value of Max gap length is 75 ms which is between the two data loss scenarios just mentioned above According to Komogortsev et al 2010 minimum blink duration is 75 ms Data is filled in in the data gap through linear interpolation Data points are added along a straight line between neighboring val id data points Interpolation is done for each eye separately Komogortsev et Al 2010 Standardization of Automated Analyses of Oculomotor Fixation and Saccadic Behaviors IEEE Trans actions on Biomedical Engineering vol 57 11 pp 2635 2645 6 1 2 Noise reduction 6 12 1 MovingAverage Not default for l VT All measurement systems including eye trackers experience noise Noise can come from imperfections in the system setup as well as from influences and interferences from the environment in which the measurement takes place In eye tracking research where the fixation is the eye movement of interest other minor eye movements such as tremor and microsaccades Yarbus 1967 can also be seen as noise In the most basic form I VT filters calculate the velocity by multiplying the change in position between two consecutive sample points with the sampling frequency
64. traction Technical Report Publications in Computer and Information Science Espoo Finland PASCAL EU Network of Excel lence challenge Komogortsev et Al 2010 Standardization of Automated Analyses of Oculomotor Fixation and Saccadic Behaviors IEEE Trans actions on Biomedical Engineering vol 57 11 pp 2635 2645 Yarbus L 1967 Eye Movements and Vision Translated from the Russian edition Moscow 1965 by Basil Haigh Lorrin A Riggs Translation Ed Plenum New York 1967 xiv 222 pp 6 1 6 Discard short fixations Default for VT The purpose of the Discard short fixation function is to remove incorrectly classified fixations that have too short a duration to be real fixations As the brain needs to take in visual input for a while before it has enough data to process it a fixation which is when this visual input is collected cannot be infinitely short The Discard short fixation function can be set to remove these in correctly classified fixations The Discard short fixations function can also be used to decrease the temporal resolution of fixation data The parameter Minimum fixation duration sets the threshold of how short a duration a fixation can have to be classified as a fix ation All data points belonging to fixations shorter than the threshold value will be reclassified as non fixation data points The default value of Minimum fixation duration is 60 ms which is below the lower limit of fixation duration accor
65. typing a new name To add a file to the PDF element 1 Click the Browse button to open the Open dialog box 2 Locate the PDF file you want to add and click it 3 Click Open to add the file to the element screen A preview of the document is shown below the PDF file name field 4 Specify whether the PDF should be presented as single paged or as double paged side by side Magazine 5 Skip this step if you have selected Single paged Select the Show front page as single page check box to display the first page of the PDF as a single page or as a book cover 6 Click the Advanced button to open the PDF Advanced Settings dialog box to change the background color and to se lect whether or not to Show page numbers during the PDF presentation select Show page numbers This step is optional To choose how the PDF element ends and moves to the next element select one of the following options e Browse until last page The element will be displayed until the test participant reaches the last page of the PDF User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 23 e Browse until F10 or ESC is pressed The PDF is displayed until F10 is pressed Thereafter the next media on the time line will be shown If ESC is pressed the recording is aborted Please note that F10 and Esc are the default keys for moving to the next element and aborting the recording Li You can change those from the Tobii Studio main menu
66. using the number o fixations as values we use the fixation duration or fixation duration media viewing time respectively Heatmap Count count max value is set to 1 Threshold 2 x location in pixels 7 6 Creating clusters The Cluster visualization is a graphic representation of areas with high concentrations of gaze data points clusters superim posed on a background image This type of visualization can be used to calculate clusters of raw gaze data that indicate regions of interest or similarly to Count heat maps display the areas with a high fixation density The fixation data contained in each cluster can be further analyzed by automatically generating AOls and calculating eye tracking metrics based on those AOls User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data 69 CLUSTER Preset Default oa f n SETTINGS Percent Participants Threshold Qu 23 p APPEARANCE amp STYLE Font Family Arial x Cister 2 manay Persians 100 Font Style Regular x cess Font Size 12 FH Pixels Opacity Ga 80 Log in to dovmload the client application Le About Account Work with us Legal i English bo Zoom 77 gt mlm To create a cluster visualization 1 Inthe Media list click a media element to select it 2 Select the Recordings check boxes to include the recordings in the analysis or clear the check boxes to remove the recordings Click the Cluster tab
67. v 3 3 0 en US To delete an existing participant group 1 Click the Delete button to the right of the group name in the Participant Groups list 2 Confirm the deletion by clicking Yes in the Delete Filter dialog box If you wish to cancel the deletion click No To select a segment group 1 Click the Segment Group drop down list button This opens the Segment Groups list for more details about Segment Groups read 5 4 3 Grouping Segments 2 Select an existing group from a list by clicking the group The list of recordings will be updated automatically showing only the recordings that fulfill the group conditions 7 3 Customizing the appearance of the Legend AOls and Mouse Clicks You can choose if you want to display or not as an overlay on any of the Gaze Plots Heat Map or Clusters the Legend box the AOls and or the Mouse Clicks You can also set the opacity for each one To set the appearance of the legend AOls and mouse clicks overlaid on the Gaze Plots Heat Map or Clusters visualization 1 Click the Show button on the Visualizations toolbar and click to add a check mark for each item you want to be shown 2 Click to remove the check mark for the items that you want to remove from the visualization display 3 Drag the Opacity slide bar to adjust the opacity view for each item Legend AOls Mouse Clicks 7 4 Creating gaze plots The Gaze Plot visualization shows the sequence and position of fixations dots on a stati
68. v 3 3 0 en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 33 6 Click Configure to adjust the area of the screen that will be used when performing calibrations This may provide a more accurate calibration if you are planning to use a small area of the screen to show the stimulus Click Restore default to reset the respective calibration settings to the default value Some sample movies are included in the installation and can normally be found in the Infant Calibration AVIs folder C Pro gramData Tobii Studio InfantCalibration Infant calibration is an interactive calibration mode where an operator uses the keyboard to control the calibration procedure To show the calibration animation selected in the Global Settings dialog box press the RIGHT ARROW key during the calibra tion When the participant is watching the animation press the RIGHT ARROW key again to start collecting calibration data It is assumed that the participant will focus on the center of the calibration animation When enough data points are collected the calibration will move on to the next calibration point The operator can again press the RIGHT ARROW key to start collecting data This is repeated until all calibration points have been displayed The following keys are used to control the Infant calibration procedure e RIGHT ARROW Displays the calibration AVI at the next calibration point If the calibration AVI is already visible a cali bration is made at that point bef
69. value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element When participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements 9 4 22 2 Brief description The time from the first fixation on an AOI until the test participant left clicks with the mouse on the AOI or AOI group for the first time seconds 9 4 23 Time from First Fixation to Next Mouse Click Across media seconds This metric measures the time from the first fixation within an active AOI or AOI group until the participant left clicks within the same active AOI or AOI group The time measurement starts when the participant fixates on the AOI for the first time and it stops when the participant clicks on the same AOI When using AOI groups the time measurement starts and stops when the participant fixates and clicks on any of the AOls belonging to the group If during the recording media not containing th
70. values corresponding to the order of the data point TimeStampMilliSec Absolute timestamp in server time This timestamp is not synchronized with the lo ms cal time and should only be used to relate one gaze data point to another in time ScreenX X coordinate for the processed data point mapped to the media coordinate sys mm tem where the origin for the coordinate system is the lower left corner of the track ing plane ScreenY Y coordinate for the processed data point mapped to the media coordinate sys mm tem where the origin for the coordinate system is the lower left corner of the track ing plane Velocity Estimated velocity of data points measured in degrees second degrees second 150 14 Appendixes User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US Column name Description Unit FixationX X coordinate for classified fixation point mapped to the media coordinate system where the origin for the coordinate system is the lower left corner of the tracking plane FixationY Y coordinate for classified fixation point mapped to the media coordinate system where the origin for the coordinate system is the lower left corner of the tracking plane IsFixation Data field showing 1 where a data point has been classified fixation User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 14 Appendixes 151 tobii o o Bonjour Bonjour the
71. view the different charts Above the chart area you can view a brief description of the metrics used to generate the charts The chart properties are available when you click the Chart button On the toolbar you can select the descriptive statistic and customize the information displayed on the graph such as showing the title legend point values and setting a maximum value for the Y axis To select the descriptive statistic 1 Click the Calculate by button The Descriptive Statistics drop down list is displayed The selected value is displayed by default as the header of the list 2 Select the descriptive statistics by clicking the Mean Max Min Sum or Stdev option buttons 3 Click anywhere outside the list to close it You can choose not to show the title legend and or point values by clearing the respective check boxes Select the Set Max Value check box and type an integer value in the Set Max Value field to change the maximum value of the Y axis scale 9 3 2 Update and zoom options The bottom part of the Statistics workspace contains the Update and Zoom toolbar where you can change the zoom settings as well as toggle between automatic or manual updates of the tables and charts display 9 3 2 1 Update settings The Manual and Auto buttons control the behavior of the chart and table updates when you change a setting in the toolbars or toggle selection of items on the Data Selection panel If Manual is selected the user has t
72. warning message will be displayed when a recording is initiated Recordings with mixed sets of media can be performed but only the images will be provided with the colored square defined by this feature and the other stimuli might result in false trigger events being detected by the light sensor The light sensor trigger can be customized in terms of size and position To set the position and size of the square e Top Left e Top Right e Bottom Left e Bottom Right User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 12 General Settings 141 12 2 5 3 1 Verifying the position and size of the square As an aid to positioning and calibrating the light sensor within the area covered by the colored square it is possible to get a pre view of the size and position of the square e g see the image below This can be done by pressing either the Show white square or Show black square button The difference between the images shown when clicking the buttons is that if the Show white square button is clicked a black background with white text and a white square is shown If the other button is clicked a white background with black text and a black square is shown When performing a recording with the light sensor trigger feature enabled all images will automatically be coded with black or white squares in the selected corner i e the first image in the recording will have a white square the second image will have a black square the third
73. was a real recording but without re cording any data This way you can verify that the media elements are set up correctly with the right content and settings and that the transitions between the different elements are as desired To preview a test 1 To preview the test starting with the first element click the Preview Test button located next to the red Start Recording button at the bottom of the window If you wish to start previewing the test from a specific element and onwards right click that element on the timeline and select Preview Test from the context menu 2 You can press the F10 key to move on to the next media element or press the ESC key to end the preview User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 29 i Please note that F10 and Esc are the default keys for moving to the next element and aborting the recording You can change those from the Tobii Studio main menu by choosing Tools gt Settings and selecting the Re cording tab To preview individual media elements 1 Right click the media element 2 Select Preview Element from the context menu or press F11 3 Press the ESC key to end the preview 4 1 8 Creating new tests Tobii Studio projects can contain multiple tests all with their own timeline These tests can be used to present different tasks to the same participants or to present the same media in different orders which is useful for factorial design experiments
74. workflow along with its advanced analysis tools allow for both large and small studies to be carried out in a timely and cost efficient way without the need for extensive training Tobii Studio supports a large variety of stimuli and allows both multiple and different stimuli types to be combined into a single recording A holistic view of behavior is achieved by integrating the recording of eye tracking data with user video sound key strokes mouse clicks and other data sources into a single solution 1 1 Usability Studies Tobii Studio is very well suited for evaluating user experience in regard to e Websites e Software e Computer games e Interactive TV e Handheld devices e Other physical products 1 2 Advertising Testing Tobii Studio is ideal for testing advertising design on a variety of media e Packaging and retail shelf design and placement e Web advertising e TV commercials e Print advertising digitally scanned and presented on a monitor e Print advertising using the actual physical print 1 3 Psychology amp Physiology Research Tobii Studio is suitable for a wide range of psychological and physiological experiments such as e Infant research e General psychological response studies including the use of scan paths gaze distribution gaze response times and manual response times e Studies of autism ADHD and schizophrenia e Reading studies e Studies of ocular motor behavior and vision
75. 0 Fixated for AOI C 9 4 16 2 Brief description Percentage of recordings in which participants fixated at least once within an AOI or AOI group 9 4 17 Percentage Clicked This metric measures the number of recordings where participants have clicked at least once within an AOI or AOI Group It is calculated by dividing the total number of recordings where participants have clicked within the AOI by the Total number of re cordings in test 9 4 17 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element When participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recor
76. 10 10 8 Gaze tracking Oda aisit sche recta sehes te AA AEA na Aa EEEa substantia 128 10 10 9 Eye tracking data and validity codes 0 ec eeeceeeee ste ee eee ee eae eeee ae eeeaaeeeeaeeeeaaeeeaaeeeaaes 129 DO i asco natsarexabdnscdnriasonthntiasnnsdeiatincmeniadsdniananiadanbeiaantansaaelainekinsaummnanicgnanes 132 11 1 Installing Tobii Studio Remote Viewer ie nneniereeee eee ae aa nennees 132 11 2 Enabling remote viewing from Tobii Studio eecccseeeeeeeneeeeeeenaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeaaaneeeeeaaaeeeees 132 11 3 Starting the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer ceeeeceaseeeeeceaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeaaaneeeeeaaeeeees 132 11 4 Showing the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer in full SCreen 2 2 eeeeceeeeeeeeeeaneeeeeenaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeees 133 11 5 Turning on and off viewing of the User Camera display cise tee eeeeeeeeeee eee ae ane nennes 133 11 6 Changing the appearance of the User Camera display csseeeeeeeaeeeeeenaneeeeeeaaeeeeeeaneeeeees 133 11 7 Turning on and off the Gaze overlay ie nienieteeea eee ae aaa tenis 134 11 8 Turning on and off the Mouse Click Overlay ni eeeeea eee ae eae tenis 134 11 9 Disconnecting from Tobii Studio nner eeeaaee ae aetna 134 11 10 Troubleshooting and technical nOtes cece eee essere eee ee ae esse esas aa eeeeeeeeaaeeeeaeeeeaaneeeaaeas 134 11 10 1 Tobii Studio Remote Viewer firewall SettingS eee e een neeeeeeeenaes 134 11
77. 23 Rec23RTA a WebPages Spotify A world of music Instant simple and fi Premium Spotify Products overview Spotify You are buying Spotify premium Style Heatmap Type Count Radius APPEARANCE amp STYLE Download Spotify for Windows You are buying premium Recordings Scale Max Value Opacity Participant Group _ All Participants Segment Group _Full recordings 7 Participant Recording m Am Reo MH A2 Reo BPO Oreo MH AP Reos m POS ORe T AP Rec 12 E m Ao Pec20 L Ss ikad Set 00 00 00 000 5 Duration 00 01 50 834 E 50 8 amp 4 EE 2 Data Accumulate 00 00 E 00 00 50 00 01 15 o 2 g 00 00 25 The Visualization tab is divided into the following areas e Visualization Header Test Name allows you to choose the data to visualize between the available tests in the current project Web Groups allows you to group web pages for analysis This is applicable only when the selected media is a web element For more details please read 7 1 1 Grouping web pages Copy allows you to copy to clipboard the visualization image or the list of recordings segments duration Export allows you to export visualizations as image files or movies that show where people have fixated over time For instructions on exporting visualizations please read 7 8 Exporting gaze plots heat maps and clusters Show allows you
78. 6 94 3 8 29 1 5 1 The video codecs used in this test were MicrosoftVideo1 and XviD Images and videos were displayed at native screen resolu tions with the exeption of the videos displayed on the Tobii T60 XL Eye Tracker The resolution used for these videos was 1920 x 1080 pixels The display lag adjustment feature was not active during the Start Time Offset measurements for images 14 1 2 This offset measures the difference between the view time value set in the Image Properties box Image Element setup and the actual duration of the image presentation on the screen Current tests show that when the view time is set to a value equal or above 1000 ms it will be displayed for an average of 104 112 of the set time view value e g at 1000 ms the stimulus is dis played on the screen between 1075 1140 ms whereas for view times below 1000 ms e g 500 or 200 ms the average re corded duration can vary between 120 and 153 of the view time setting value Display view time offset images The figure below displays the distribution of the duration of the actual image presentation on the screen according to four View Time values 200 500 1000 and 3000 ms Recording performance is relatively more accurate when the View Time is set to val ues above 1000 ms User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 14 Appendixes 145 200ms 250 Frequency Mean 306 40 Std Dev 25 23 N 400 o M 2
79. 80 300 320 340 Measured time shown ms 360 380 f 1000ms 250 1080 1100 1120 Measured time shown ms 14 1 3 Mean 1121 04 Std Dev 19 12 N 400 1140 Frequency Recorded view time offset images Measured time shown ms 300 Mean 601 25 500ms Std Dev 24 60 N 400 250 200 150 100 s O 90 580 60 620 640 660 680 Measured time shown ms 3000ms Mean 3112 03 Std Dev 23 88 N 400 250 200 150 100 Reo 3080 3100 3120 3140 3160 Display view time offset Tobii Studio 3 1 Duration offset 200 ms mean 106 40 ms 500 ms mean 101 25 ms 1000 ms mean 121 04 ms 3000 ms mean 112 03 ms This offset represents the difference between the recorded image view time and the view time set in the image Properties box Image Element setup Current tests show that when the View Time is set to a value equal or above 1000 ms the recorded du ration will vary on average between 106 102 of the set duration value e g at 1000 ms the stimulus is recorded between 1045 and 1060 ms whereas for view times below 1000 ms i e 500 or 200 ms the recorded duration will vary on average be tween 110 and 126 of the view time setting value The figure below displays the distribution of the recorded stimulus presentation durations according to four View Time values 200 500 1000 and 3000 ms Recording performance is more accurate when the View Time is set to valu
80. AOI color indicator rectangle next to the AOI name in the Areas of interest pane pick a new color and click ok To change the opacity of the AOls click the Appearance button in the toolbar and adjust the AOIs opacity slider To show or not show the AOI name labels in the AOls click the Appearance button in the toolbar and select or dese lect the show AOI names check box 8 10 Undoing redoing actions To undo the most recent action On the toolbar click the Undo button or press Ctrl Z To undo a number of recent actions 1 2 On the toolbar click the drop down arrow next the Undo button In the drop down menu select the action that you want to undo To redo the most recent undone action On the toolbar click the Redo button or press Ctrl Y To redo a number of recent undone actions 1 2 On the toolbar click the drop down arrow next the Redo button In the drop down menu select the action that you want to redo User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 8 Creating and Managing Areas of Interest 81 8 11 Copying cutting and pasting AOls You can copy cut and paste existing AOls Only the shape of the copied cut AOI can be pasted all other properties and behav iors will be lost The pasted AOI will be active from the point in time it was pasted An AOI can be copied from one media and pasted in another To copy and paste the shape of an AOI 1 i Drag the time indicator slider to the poi
81. Bonjour logo and the Bonjour symbol are trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Tobii Support EUROPE GLOBAL NORTH AMERICA JAPAN CHINA Phone SWE 46 8 522 950 10 Phone 1 703 738 1320 Phone 81 3 5793 3316 Phone 86 180 1558 5168 Phone GER 49 69 24 75 03 4 27 support tobii com support us tobii com support jp tobii com support cn tobii com Support hours 8 am 6 pm Support hours 8 am 8 pm Support hours 9 am 5 30 pm Between July August 9am 5pm US Eastern Standard Time GMT 6 Japan Standard Time GMT 9 Central European Time GMT 1 Tobii Illustrations and specifications do not necessarily apply to products and services offered in each local market Technical specifications are subject to change without prior notice All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners Tobii Headquarters EMEA CENTRAL EUROPE CHINA JAPAN NORTH AMERICA Tobii Technology AB Tobii Technology GmbH Tobii China Sales Office Tobii Technology Japan Ltd Tobii Technology Inc Karlsrov gen 2D Barckhausstr 1 Room E2 29 F 5 23 7 Higashigotanda Shinagawa ku 510 N Washington Street Suite 200 S 182 53 Danderyd D 60325 Frankfurt am Main Shanghai Industrial Investment Building Tokyo 141 0022 Fall Church VA 22046 Sweden Germany No 18 Caoxi North Road Japan USA Shanghai China Toll Free 1 888 898 6244 Phone 46 8 663 69 90 Phone 49 69 24 75 03 40 Mobile 86 180 1558 6966 Phone 81 3 5793 3316 Phone 1 703 738 1300 Fax
82. ES iniiae rE EE E T E EEEE EEE E EE EEN E 1 1 5 Additional Publications and ReESOUrCeS sssssssssrrssrrrsrrrurrrnrtttnrtturttttrtrrturrtnrrnrrnrrrnnrnnnruenneenn 2 1 6 e e E ites E E E E auiectuntawnactt 2 1 7 Topi Studio Editions isssinai inseamna iina anina EA RRA EI AAE RAR 2 MGT Be Updating Tobi Sdi krs casnnicrnatmneiaacnaedriediaqeeriaSelerentintmientarionieueiudnataasgumretantoaaexabans 4 2 1 Before INStallatON i s sarsana onan aasa ia eea ar Ee sauheteucedestusesadanciansqestatessansnnatecsiey 4 2 1 1 Install the driver for the eye tracker built in user CAMELA eee este eee 4 2 2 IMStallING TOD StU GO aissei aeaee aE enea anin r EE GEESE ANEAN SA eiaa 4 2 2 1 License KEY ACTIVATION usera nin annans aE An EA NEARNE 5 2 2 2 License GEACHIVALON sccccasdocvteetaaccnasasnpdsaceussdecuavedsdescesdeacsaneniaedseasedsddeatevivensiensdesedse 5 2 2 3 How to change the license key information ee neee eee neee ena nianna 6 2 3 Connecting Tobii Studio to a Tobii Eye Tracker ieee ee ee a neneenneeeaes 6 2 4 Eye tracker firmware Upgrade vers titiccwsaaiicsaeetciadensseaadecces E EA EEEE EEA E EEA EE a 6 2 5 Updating TOONS TUAI a a E E A isaeetiaanae reds 7 3 Rages Tobi Studa PANG Cle pand R Taa 8 3 1 Creating a new proj Ci icnciniio naa a Na aaa aaa rae DEE Eaa a Paaa an aE EA EEEa 8 3 2 Opening am Sxisting Projet esneiriaeas TTE 9 3 3 Linking a project to the project library irrisa n NAE ERAN ANA SEEEN 9 3 4 Exporting and i
83. For a detailed description of each metric read 9 4 Eye tracking metric definitions To select one or more metrics 1 Click the Metric drop down list 2 Select a metric by checking clearing the metric s check box 3 Click anywhere outside the list to close the list Tip Place the mouse over the metric to view a brief description 9 3 1 2 Rows Use the Rows drop down option box to choose how the rows in the table are displayed as well as the X axis of the charts The rows can be set to Summary only Recordings Participants or Participant Groups Rows a Summary only Recordings Participants Participant Groups X Show Summary Row options e Summary only Displays only the row table or bar chart that contains the values that globally summarize the data from the selected recordings and AOls e Recordings Each row represents a recording e Participants Each row represents a participant If the participant has two different recordings the results will be com bined into a single row e Participant Groups Each row represents a participant group To select the Rows option 1 Click the Rows drop down list to view the available options Select an option by clicking Summary only Recordings Participants or Participant Groups 3 If you select Participant Groups from the list select a group by checking clearing the group check boxes or create a new group by clicking New Participant Group Read about how to
84. Keyframes To change the size of an existing AOI User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 8 Creating and Managing Areas of Interest 79 1 Make sure the AOI you want to resize is visible if not read section Showing Hiding AOls On the toolbar select the Select Move AO s tool 3 Click the AOI that you want to resize The AOI then lights up and has a rectangle around it with sizing handles in the corners 4 To increase or decrease the size drag a sizing handle To maintain the object s proportions press and hold SHIFT while you drag the sizing handle The size of a selected AOI can be adjusted manually entering numbers in property fields on the AOI property bar 8 6 Moving an existing AOI Whenever you move an existing AOI it will either change an existing Keyframe or create a new Keyframe if the shape that is moved is in between Keyframes Make sure the AOI you want to move is visible if not read section Showing Hiding AOls On the toolbar select the Select Move AO s tool Click the AOI that you want to move The AOI then lights up and has a rectangle around it ON Drag the AOI to its new location Note To constrain an AOI so that it moves only horizontally or vertically press and hold SHIFT while you drag the object The position of a selected AOI can be adjusted manually entering numbers in property fields on the AOI property bar 8 7 Rotating an existing AOI Whenever you rotate an existing AOI
85. Mean Sum N Mean Sum N Mean Sum N Mean Sum Count Seconds Seconds Count Seconds Seconds Count Seconds Seconds Count Seconds Seconds Recordings Rec 01 1 0 58 0 58 1 2 14 2 14 1 0 77 0 77 1 1 19 1 19 AOI Media Summary Each cell in the AOI Media Summary columns contains the descriptive statistic value for all the AOls present in a single media element The cell value calculation also depends on the Row option selection The data is displayed using the following column hierarchal order metric gt media gt All AOls groups the data from all AOls present in each media gt Descriptive Statistics Example below 2 images DrawAngry JPG and DrawHappy JPG 2 AOls DrawAngryEyes and neutral eyes Row option Recordings Time to First Fixation DrawAngry JPG DrawHappy JPG All AOIs All AOIs N Mean Sum N Mean Sum z Count Seconds Seconds Count Seconds Seconds Recordings Rec 01 1 36 2 72 2 0 98 1 96 AOI Group Summary Each cell in the AOI Group Summary columns contains the descriptive statistic value for an AOI group calculated for all the selected media The cell value calculation also depends on the Row option selection The data is displayed using the following column hierarchal order metric gt All media groups the data from all the selected media gt AOI Group gt De scriptive Statistics Example below 2 images DrawAngry JPG and DrawHappy JPG 2 AOI Groups emotional face and neutral faces Row op tion Rec
86. Recordings list can be filtered by Segment Groups in both Visualizations and Statistics tabs in order to show and analyze only the data corresponding to that group of selected parts of recordings To add an existing segment to a Segment Group 1 Click the segment menu arrow and select Add Segment to Segment Group Either choose one of the existing Segment Groups or select New Segment Group 3 If you choose to create a new Segment Group a dialog box displays where you have to set the Segment Group name Enter the name and click OK 4 The name of the Segment Group appears on the yellow line corresponding to each segment that was included in that group 44 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 00 03 51 142 Cl g_lint_ Mus_ C S_ B Instruction Element _ T C2000 Segment 3 BE Segment 2 X m n 0 gt g m bE m Scenes Settinas Recording Rec 12 length 00 04 00 231 participant P12 You can also add a segment to a Segment Group at the time of creating the segment by choosing Create Segment and Add to Segment Group read 5 4 2 Generating segments manually 5 4 4 Exporting segments as videos Segments can be exported into an AVI video format that can then be viewed using an external media player To export a single segment to a video 1 w yoa sf Select the recording you wish to take the recording from Click the segment
87. Set the Font Size by typing the value or by using the arrow buttons 70 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US To change the cluster image opacity 1 Inthe Appearance amp Style area on the right side panel drag the Opacity slider You can save a custom configuration of all the settings described above in order to use it at a later time without having to set each parameter manually again To save the customized settings 1 Select the parameter values as desired according to the steps described above In the right side panel from the Preset dropdown list slect Save New Preset A dialog opens 3 Type in the name for the new set of customized settings and click Save You will be able to see the new name under the Preset dropdown list and you will be able to load it directly by selecting it To load a predefined set of parameters 1 From the Preset dropdown list in the right side panel click to select the desired set of parameters 2 The parameter values corresponding to the selected preset will be loaded automatically Like gaze plots and heat maps clusters are dependent on the fixation filters settings Fixation filters are responsible for determin ing the number size and location of the fixation dots Read more about fixation filters in 6 Defining fixations 7 6 2 How are clusters calculated Simple clustering algorithms calculate the distance between any two points in the data and all
88. The velocity is most commonly given in visual degrees per second s If the velocity of the eye movement is below a certain thresh old the samples are classified as part of a fixation The Tobii I VT filter is developed to work for stationary eye trackers In most cases the Tobii I VT fixation filter will correctly clas sify fixations in recordings made with previous versions of Tobii Studio However since the new I VT fixation filter requires 52 6 Defining fixations User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US accurate 3D positioning of the eyes it may fail to correctly classify eye tracking data from recordings made with previous ver sions of Tobii Studio where Tobii X series eye trackers stand alone eye tracker without a built in screen have been used The I VT fixation filter will fail to correctly classify eye tracking data recorded with Tobii Glasses even though the I VT fixation fil ter may be enabled by default during analysis of snapshots Tobii Glasses users should manually switch from I VT fixation filter to Raw data filter For information concerning limitations of the Raw data filter applied on Tobii Glasses recordings please refer to the Tobii Glasses User manual The default values of the I VT fixation filter parameters have been set to provide accurate fixation classifications for the most common eye tracking use cases e g web market research and standard reading studies However depending on the type of eye tracking
89. Tobii Eye Trackers sample timing information is available upon request Contact Tobii Support or your sales representative in your area to obtain a copy of the Timing Guide for Tobii Eye Trackers and the Eye Tracking Software whitepaper E Prime Extensions for Tobii combine E Prime Professional Stimulus Presentation Software with the ease of use of Tobii Eye Trackers and Tobii Studio s visualizations and AOI analysis The E Prime Extensions for Tobii includes the script neces sary to integrate E Prime with Tobii Eye Tracking Technology E Prime Extensions for Tobii documentation can be down loaded from www tobii com Support amp Download section and http www pstnet com eprime cfm Support section To download the documents you need to have valid licenses for E Prime E Prime Extensions for Tobii and Tobii Studio Con tact Tobii Support and register at the PST Web Support Site 1 6 Training Tobii Technology provides Tobii Studio online and onsite training Our training solutions are tailored to fit our clients knowl edge levels and needs and cover everything from how to use our products to basic understanding of eye tracking methodol ogy For more details on the available courses visit the Products amp Services section at www tobii com or contact the Tobii sales representative in your area Alternatively you can also send an e mail to training analysis tobii com 1 7 Tobii Studio Editions Tobii Studio is a
90. User Manual Tobii Studio Version 3 3 0 tobii User Manual Tobii Studio Version 3 3 0 12 2014 All rights reserved Copyright Tobii Technology AB The information contained in this document is proprietary to Tobii Technology Any reproduction in part or whole without prior written authorization by Tobii Technology is prohibited Products that are referred to in this document may be either trademarks and or registered trademarks of the respective owners The publisher and the author make no claim to these trademarks While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document the publisher and the author assume no responsibility for errors or omissions or for damages resulting from the use of information contained in this document or from the use of programs and source code that may accompany it In no event shall the publisher and the author be liable for any loss of profit or any other commercial damage caused or alleged to have been caused directly or indirectly by this document Content subject to change without notice Please check Tobii web site www tobii com for updated versions of this document Table of Contents DTG RD E A E E EAE E TAE E EE E A A ET E 1 1 1 WSabilityStWiGlesic sii iennigen an anea E aE aaO aa Eea Esa aeaa 1 1 2 Advertising MEStING srna a a aai AEE Par S AEN EEEE 1 1 3 Psychology amp Physiology ReSe arch eines Enan AE EARN ANER NARAR ain 1 1 4 Internet ReS0U rC
91. _2 Questionnaire_2 instruction _3 Dog_3 Questionne 3 8 LInstruction_1 Dog_1 Questionnaire_1 Instruction_2 Dog_2 Questionnaire 2 Instruction_4 Dog_4 Questionna AJC Instruction 1 Dog 1 Questionnaire_1 Instruction 3 Dog 3 Questionnaire 3 Instruction 2 Dog _2 Questionne 5 0 Instruction _1 Dog_1 Questionnaire_1 instruction_3 Dog_3 Questionnaire _3 instruction 4 Dog_4 Questionna OG instruction_1 Dog_1 Questionnaire_1 Instruction_4 Dog_4 Questionnaire_4 Instruction_2 Dog_2 Questionne zE instruction_1 Dog_1 Questionnaire_1 instruction_4 Dog_4 Questionnaire_4 Instruction_3 Dog_3 Questionna 8G Instruction 2 Dog_2 Questionnaire 2 Instruction_1 Dog_1 Questionnaire_1 Instruction 3 Dog_3 Questionna oluw Inetrustinn fina 2 Qiuastinnnsiea 7 inetrurtinn 1 fine 1 Auaetannsicn 1 inetrurtinn A fina A Chsartinans Text Format 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US File Edit Format View Help Kequence Order 1 3 4 5 6 8 ia Instruction_1 Questionnaire_1 Instruction_2 Question Instruction_1 Questionnaire_1 Instruction_2 Question Instruction_1 Questionnaire_1 Instruction_3 Question Instruction_1 Questionnaire_1 Instruction_3 Question Instruction_1 Questionnaire_1 Instruction_4 Question Instruction_1 Questionnaire_1 Instruction_4 Question Instruction_2 Questionnaire_2 Instruction_1 Question Instruction_2 Questionnaire_2 Instruction_1 Question
92. aaeeeeeeeaa 31 4 3 Calibrating and recording partiCipants ceeeeceeeeeeee centr ee eee ee nese eeaaa ee eeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeaeaaaes 31 4 3 1 Calibration Settings sicie annae a aa aa aaae EENE a EE aaae 32 4 3 2 MakingiReCOrdingS xsserccssaciecesitecsadesncecndetuh AREE aAA EEE in EE SER RaRa 34 4 4 Importing Tobil Glasses Data yivc iscccsestecstsanedecestenessnganeandecctnnedceud saan sathdonaecesed sa uqtenstanaucdceaaenctede 36 Replaying and Sarin RECON OS osissa a E a 38 5 1 PlaVDACK setlihg S was sites enar Sree a E E ETENE cece eee E ATTEN RRS 39 5 1 1 Customizing the recordings list essssssssrrrrrrersesssrrrrrrrrrurssrrrnrrrrrureusenrnrrrrrrurreeee 39 5 1 2 Changing the timeline scale detail and playback speed ceeeeeseseeeeeeneeeeeeenaeeeeeeeaa 39 5 1 3 Customizing the view of the Replay tab eee neeieereeee ee aneanee 40 5 2 Performing a Retrospective Think Aloud reCording ccseeeseeeesneeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeaaeeeeaeeeeaaeeeaaes 40 5 3 Managing and logging CVeItS 3 isccesissiseessssetseessssstnannteetinanstaavinaesteateanestadeansetssteaestsesteanstssaenenes 41 5 3 1 LOGGINGHEVENITS miiran lett enadsce E a A AE AA da vedushe pus eddusshendeeegvbas conedeuurtere 42 5 3 2 Filtering events sai es ccticessaevissaetaneda vas asinina nania secssebbaatadsenaosesd niaii kias aianei 43 5 4 Creating video segments ensisi o naia a ia AA aa a aaa TaSi 43 5 4 1 A to generating SEgmMEN S sss
93. able rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element If participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 103 9 4 9 2 Brief description Number of times the participant fixates on an AOI or an AOI group count 9 4 10 Fixation Count zeros count This metric is calculated in the same way as Fixation Count with the exception that if at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated on the AOI the Fixation Count value will be registered as zero and the recording will be included in the descrip tive statistics calculations e g when computing N and means 9 4 10 1 Brief description Number of times the participant fixates on an AOI or an AOI grou
94. add the number of fixations at the same location If we are using Absolute dura tion we add the duration of each fixation For Relative duration the duration of each fixation is divided first by the media viewing time and then added Heatmap Count Heatmap Count image image x y pixels __ E 7 x y pixels Once all the fixations values have been added together color values are added to all the points with the warmest color repre senting the highest value User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data 67 Heatmap Count image xy pixels However this basic process would result in a rather useless image with small colored dots distributed over the image What we do instead is add color values to all the points within a certain distance of the fixation location and the color values gradually decrease as we move away from the fixation point This process ensures that the color distribution results in a more smooth heat map image and gives some biological relevance to the color mapping 7 5 2 2 Tobii Heat Map The distribution of values around a fixation point is accomplished by using an approximation to the Gaussian curve that is com monly used in 2D image processing a Cubic Hermite Spline polynomial cspline The specific function of the polynomial that
95. age dialog box you can select a new event type from the list or type information in the field 42 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 4 Click OK to accept the changes To delete a manually logged event 1 Right click the event in the Events list 2 Select Delete Log entry 3 Click Yes to confirm the deletion 5 3 2 Filtering events The Events list can be filtered to show only specific events in the list and in the timeline This feature allows you to locate and navigate quickly to different parts of the recordings The filter will display events that contain the text you typed To filter events 1 Select the recording you want to work with from the Recordings list In the filter field located in the upper part of the Events list type the first letters you want to start filtering by All other events in the Events list and bookmarks in the timeline that do not satisfy the filter criteria will be hidden AWN Click the event you wanted to locate and the timeline marker will jump to the point on the recording when that specific event occurred To turn off the filter delete the text in the filter field 5 4 Creating video segments A segment is a section of a Tobii Studio recording The start and end point of the segment can be set manually using the time line marker or automatically using events Segments are commonly used to create video exports of the gaze replay or to select
96. al to the sum of the number of visits in all the recordings If participant groups are selected as rows then N will be equal to the sum of the number of visits of all the participants included in the group Visit Duration A edia size indicates duration Summary columns In the AOI media summary column the N value represents the total number of visits to all AOls included in a single media element 104 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US In the AOI group summary column the N value represents the sum of the visits to all the AOls belonging to the same AOI group and follows the rules described in the previous paragraph for recordings participants and participant groups In the AOI metric summary column the N value represents the total number of visits to all AOls included in all media elements 9 4 11 2 Brief description Duration of each individual visit within an AOI or an AOI group seconds 9 4 12 Total Visit Duration seconds This metric measures the duration of all visits within an active AOI or AOI group In this case the N value used to calculate de scriptive statistics is based on the number of recordings read the N value description below for more details Total Visit Dura tion is defined as the sum of visit durations of an active AOI or AOI group An individual visit is defined as the time interval between the first fixation on the active AOI an
97. amRightX Horizontal coordinate of the right eye in the eye tracker sensor image only avail able for recordings made with Tobii Studio versions prior to Tobii Studio 2 3 O is the left edge of the image 1 is the right edge CamRightY Vertical coordinate of the right eye in the eye tracker sensor image only available for recordings made with Tobii Studio ver sions prior to Tobii Studio 2 3 O is the top edge of the image 1 is the bottom edge PupilLeft Estimated size of the left eye pupil The Tobii Eye Trackers aim to measure the true pupil size i e the algorithms take into ac count the magnification effect given by the spherical cornea as well as the distance to the eye Millimeters PupilRight Estimated size of the right eye pupil The Tobii Eye Trackers aim to measure the true pupil size i e the algorithms take into ac count the magnification effect given by the spherical cornea as well as the distance to the eye Millimeters PupilGlassesRight Estimated value of the right pupil size in relation to the average value of the pupil during the calibration The pupil size is measured during the recording and the calibration as the largest value of the di ameter of the pupil as seen in the eye image IRMarkerlnfo The ID numbers of the IR Markers de tected in the current sample The informa tion is presented as a comma separated list ordered from the lowest ID to the h
98. ame To add a video file to the element 1 Click the Browse button and locate the video file you want to add Click the video file and then select Open to add the file to the Movie element Select the Mark as dummy media check box if you wish to exclude the movie from analysis In other words the video will be shown during the presentation but it will not be possible to create a visualization for the video To choose how the movie element ends and moves to the next element select one of the following options e Movie end The duration of the media element presentation is set to the end of the video playback i e the next element on the timeline is shown when the video ends e Mouse click The video will be shown until the mouse is clicked This can be done by the test participant or the test leader Thereafter the next media on the timeline will be shown e Key press The video will be shown until any key on the keyboard is clicked This can be done by the test participant or the test leader Thereafter the next media on the timeline will be shown Select the Show Mouse Cursor check box if you wish to display the mouse cursor on the screen during presentation of the video During the test the video is presented in actual size but limited to the eye tracker s screen resolution and the screen resolution settings in Windows For example if you are using a Tobii T60 or T120 Eye Tracker the maximum video size is 1280x 1024 pix els whil
99. and or Segment Groups by se lecting the corresponding checkbox Tobii Studio exports one visualization for each selected group Click the File Options button and set if you want to have prefixes automatically added to the filenames and if you want sub folders to be created automatically for each Project Test or selected Media Click the Export button to choose the location for the exported files and click OK The export operation will be performed and a notification box appears allowing you to Open the output folder To batch export animated visualizations ilk 7 9 Click the Export button on the Visualization header and select Batch Export Animated Visualizations The Batch Export Animated Visualizations dialog opens Select from the Export Scope dropdown list one of the following e Only current selected media e All static media in current test e All static media in current project Select the Video Codec to be used to compress the video file from the dropdown list Click the Edit button next to it if you want to add more codecs to the list Select the frame rate of the video file by clicking in the Framerate field and typing a value in Frames per Second Alter natively you can use the arrows in the field to change the value Choose from the Scale Max Value dropdown list the maximum value used for the color mapping by choosing between two different options only for Heat Maps e Recalculate for each media set the max
100. aste the AOI where the copied AOI was is right click and click Paste in place You can also cut and paste AOls using the Edit menu on the toolbar or through keyboard shortcuts CTRL X and CTRL V 8 12 Showing Hiding AOls AOls can be hidden not visible or shown visible The visibility state is not to be mistaken for Activation state A hidden not visible AOI that is active will still collect data During replay inactive AOls will automatically be hidden To hide an AOI In the Areas of Interest pane deselect the check box of the AOI you want to hide To show a hidden AOI In the Areas of Interest pane select the check box of the AOI you want to show 8 13 Panning and zooming the media To pan the media 82 8 Creating and Managing Areas of Interest User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US Panning the media is only possible if the media is larger than the viewport 1 Select the Pan tool on the toolbar 2 Drag the media to pan it to its new location To zoom the media do one of the following e Select the Zoom tool on the toolbar and click on the media where you want to zoom in e On the status bar slide the Zoom slider to the percentage zoom setting that you want e Use CTRL Mouse Wheel to zoom in or out e On the toolbar click the Fit to window Actual size button to swap between 100 and Fit to Screen zoom levels 8 14 Exporting an image of the AOls on the media To export an image of t
101. ata will be displayed If this is the case re position the test participant in front of the eye tracker and check for any factors that could be interfering with pupil detection e g an infrared light source that is directed at the eye tracker sensor or the participant s eyes dirty or scratched glasses or droopy eyelids Click Recalibrate to recalibrate the participant Optional When you have completed the calibration on a screen you can also assess the quality of your calibration by clicking the Check Calibration button in the Accept Calibration dialog box The participants gaze point is displayed as a circle in real time on the screen together with an image containing nine dots Instruct the participant to look at the center of the dots If the calibration was accurate the gaze point should overlap the dots The distribution of the dots also allows you to assess calibra tion accuracy in different areas of the screen Click ESC to exit User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 35 10 11 12 13 14 If the calibration is accurate enough for your study click the Accept button to open the Start Recording dialog box In the Start Recording dialog box enter a name for the recording make sure to use informative names and look at the track status box to confirm once more that the participant is correctly positioned in front of the eye tracker Click Start Recording to show the test and record m
102. ata point with the time interval between them The time interval is set by the parameter window length in the Velocity calculator function The Velocity Calculator will only produce velocity output data if the entire win dow contains input data This means that gaps in the input data like the ones caused by blinks will result in larger gaps in the output data The size of the output gap will be equal to the input gap plus the number of data points included by the window length parameter The default value of the parameter window length is 20 ms The default value is based on Tobii internal test results which are explained in the whitepaper Determining the Tobii I VT Fixation Filter s Default Values available on the Tobii website The velocity data is only accessible for the user through VelocityChart text export 6 1 4 I VT fixation classifier Mandatory for I VT The I VT fixation classifier is based on the I VT Velocity Threshold identification fixation filter as described by Salvucci and Goldberg 2000 and Komogortsev et Al 2010 It is a threshold function that operates on eye tracking data where each data point has an assigned angular velocity In Tobii Studio angular velocity is assigned to eye tracking data in the Velocity calculator data processing function as described in the previous section The I VT fixation classifier applies an angular velocity threshold on each data point The threshold value is given in degrees sec
103. ated from the Russian edition Moscow 1965 by Basil Haigh Lorrin A Riggs Translation Ed Plenum New York 1967 xiv 222 pp 6 122 MovingMedian default for I VT The Moving Median noise reduction function is accessible using the I VT fixation filter and the Raw data filter Statistically the moving average function is optimal for recovering eye movement data in the eye tracking data series if the fluc tuations are normally distributed such as noise around a fixation However a normal distribution does not place high probability on large deviations which occur once a saccade take place This explains why the edge between a fixation and a saccade will be disproportionally smoothed in the output data If the fluctuations are instead assumed to be Laplace distributed the moving median is statistically optimal For a given variance the Laplace distribution places higher probability on rare events such as sac cades than does the normal distribution This explains why the moving median noise reduction function tolerates saccades bet ter than the moving average noise reduction function and why the median noise reduction filter better preserves the amplitude of the saccade velocity The median noise reduction function is a symmetric moving median filter It produces output data by calculating the median val ue of anumber of consecutive data points from the input data series The number of input data points used to produce each output data poin
104. ates and enter your Enterprise license key in the field and click Login 2 Click the Remote Viewer download link to download the installation file 3 Once downloaded run the executable file and follow the on screen instructions 11 2 Enabling remote viewing from Tobii Studio For the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer to be granted connection to the recording computer remote viewing must be enabled in the Tobii Studio software To enable remote viewing e Inthe Design and Record tab at the bottom right click the Remote Live Viewing slider to change its status to ON The screen update rate in the Remote Viewer is dependant of the sizes and frame rates of the screen and user cam Li era in the Tobii Studio If the estimated bandwidth transmitting screen and user camera exceeds 210 Mbit s Remote Viewer screen update rate will be set to one frame per second The upper limit is set to allow data transfer for a screen resolution of 1920x1200 at 5 fps This limitation does not influence the screen capture frame rate of the screen recording or local Remote Viewer If the user camera is enabled the recommended settings are 320x240 at 15 fps for the camera Enabling remote viewing will force a change of the video codec for the user camera to Microsoft video 1 11 3 Starting the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer To start a remote viewing session 1 Locate and start the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer application Make sure Tobii Studio is running on
105. ating the logs i The data types StudioEvent and StudioEventData have replaced the earlier Tobii Studio versions data types Event i Data1 Data2 and Descriptor The data types listed for versions prior to Tobii Studio 3 0 also contained data regarding mouse clicks and key presses In Tobii Studio 3 0 mouse events and key press events have separate data types MouseEventlndex MouseEvent MouseEventScreenX MouseEventScreenY MouseEventMappedToMediaX MouseEventMappedToMediaY KeyPressEventIndex KeyPressEvent 10 10 7 Gaze event data and AOI activity information This group of data types provides data describing gaze events classified by the applied fixation filter Gaze event data and AOI activity n information Description Format Reference system FixationIndex Represents the order in which a fixation Count event was recorded The index is an auto in crement number starting with 1 first gaze event detected Saccadelndex Represents the order in which a saccade Count event was recorded The index is an auto in crement number starting with 1 first gaze event detected GazeEventType Type of eye movement event classified by Fixation the fixation filter settings applied during the gaze data export Saccade Unclassified User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 10 Exporting Data 127 Gaze event data and AOI activity information Description Format Reference system GazeEven
106. ation SEGONA Sisissirsoicaiiena bitran riena a a 101 9 4 8 Total Fixation Duration zeros SCCONAS ccccccseeeeccceeeeececeueueeseeuseueeseeuuuueeseeuuueeess 103 9 4 9 Fixation Count Count 2 aiiedidecwetidadetwttivecsbetinecsuedtiana sdk AEEA NEEE EEE 103 9 4 10 Fixation Count zeros COUNT ccccccccseeccceesueeceeesuueeceeeeuauaceseuaauueeeeuaaeeeseuaaeeeenunas 104 9 4 11 Vist DUPALION SOCONGS esince ikea ainen e E Erai EnA E EENET NE 104 9 4 12 Total Visit Duration secondS ssssssssssesrresrrrsrrresrrusrrusrrrsnrinnrrnnnrnnnrrnrrrnnrerrnereene 105 9 4 13 Total Visit Duration zeros SCCONdS cccccecccceccccceeeeceeeeeaeeceeseuauceeeeuaaeeeseuaaeeeeeunas 106 Eue Visit Count GOuNnt E E E iSnagteds ddlana rads ieanseeeeee 106 9 4 15 Visit Count Zero COUNT ccccccccccccccceeeeecceeesuuecceeeueueuceseuauesueseuaaseeeeeuaaeeeeeuaaeeeeeunas 107 9 4 16 Percentage Fixated 6 ciiccccticccssiteccasssrecceeesnaddovesssaesnnwessegenuhesbadsoesseneesouuencses 107 94 17 Percentage Clicked Yo crises aa E Ea Eaa ETE ESENE 108 9 4 18 Mouse Click Count COUNT eee eee cent e EE E A AAEE S 109 9 4 19 Mouse Click Count zero COUNT ccccccccecccccseeecceeseeueceeeeuaueeeeeuaeuueesuuaaueeeeeuaaaeeenenas 110 9 4 20 Time to First Mouse Click secondS eeeeeeneeeee cee neeeeee aaa eeee enna eeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaa 110 9 4 21 Time to First Mouse Click Across media S CONS cccccccseeecceseeeueeceusueeesees
107. ave filter config The Save fixation filter configuration to file dialog opens Select location and enter a file name for the filter configuration file Click save Open the Fixation filter dialog in Tobii Studio The Fixation filter dialog is found in the Settings dialog in the Tools menu a fF N Click Load filter config Make sure you are in the Fixation filter dialog in Tobii studio and not the one in VelocityChart User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 14 Appendixes 149 6 Locate the configuration file in the Load fixation filter configuration from file dialog 7 Double click the filter configuration file to open it in Tobii Studio 8 Click Apply The settings can also be transferred simply by entering the parameter values from the fixation filter dialog in VelocityChart into the Fixation filter dialog in Tobii Studio manually 14 2 3 Velocity Chart Settings Within the VelocityChart application you can set what data to be shown in the chart from the Settings menu To change the Velocity Chart settings 1 Click the Show X Y drop down menu and select what gaze coordinate data should be shown fixation coordinates included 2 Click the Gaze data drop down menu and select how data should be processed before it is shown i Preprocessed meaning according to fixation filter settings Data processing functions implied Gap fill in and Noise reduction Eye Selection cannot be disabled 3 Select the Show Fixa
108. bii Studio records the video feed from the scene camera gaze data keystrokes and mouse clicks The gaze data X and Y coordinate space corresponds to the calibration grid area where its values range from 0 0 top left corner to the image size of the scene camera video You can get negative values if looking up and to the left The perspective calibration is intended to compensate for the difference in angle between the participant s perspective of the calibration grid and the scene camera However this only compensates for angles on the stimulus plane If three dimensional physical objects are used as stimuli and these have a certain height or depth that takes them far away from the stimulus plane this will cause a parallax error The size of this error is related to the difference in point of view from the scene camera and the test participant To minimize parallax errors it is therefore recommended that you place the scene camera at an angle fairly close to that of the test participant such as slightly behind and to the side of the participant or immediately over the participant s head A128 Questionnaire The Questionnaire media element is used to present multiple choice questions to which the participant may only select one an swer The answers to the questionnaire can later be used as independent variables which can be used to filter the eye tracking data for visualizations and descriptive statistics reports It records also key pr
109. bri 11 JAZ S HOS BlBe O A 8 SE 3 How often do you use the internet every day few times per week few times per month Internet u FeS Paste Paste Special Insert Delete Clear Contents Filter gt Sort gt E Insert Comment g Format Cells Pick From Drop down List Name a Range 2 Hyperlink 1 Inthe Questionnaire element setup dialog box in Tobii Studio click in the Question list frame 2 Use your keyboard shortcut keys to paste CTRL V the question into the Questions list Multiple rows of questions can be added from Excel at the same time 4 1 2 9 PDF The PDF media element is used to display PDF documents facilitating the display of magazine spreads printed ads newspaper spreads and other documents that can be converted to PDF The PDF element allows participants to navigate through the PDF document using the left and right key to move back and forth between the pages in a very natural way of interaction Interactive features such as links are not supported by the PDF element It records also key presses and mouse clicks To add the element to the test 1 Drag the media element icon to the test workspace timeline indicated by the gray arrow in the user interface The me dia setup dialog box opens To name the PDF element 1 The software uses PDF Element as the default name You can change it by clicking in the Element Name field deleting the existing text and
110. by choosing Tools gt Settings and selecting the Re cording tab e Time limited The PDF element is displayed for a certain amount of time in seconds The display time can be changed by typing or selecting a time value in the Time limited box By default Tobii Studio displays the PDF document in actual size Zoom 100 It may therefore happen that the size of the PDF document does not match the test screen s size and if presented in actual size some parts of the document will not be displayed Use the Size options to adjust the PDF size for optimal viewing To set the PDF document size 1 Under Size on the PDF Element Setup screen select the Zoom option to manually set the size of the PDF as a percent age of the original or select Scale to Screen Resolution to automatically have the size set to match the screen resolution 2 Click the Preview button in the lower left corner of the Setup screen to see how the stimuli will be presented during the test 3 Press ESC on the keyboard to exit the preview If the size is not ideal repeat the two previous steps After performing a recording every page single or double paged in the pdf document will be available for analysis in the Visual izations and in the Areas Of Interest views in Tobii Studio 4 1 3 Editing an existing test After adding elements to the test timeline you can change the initial test design by easily deleting or editing existing media elements If re
111. c media e g an image or a scene or a dynamic media e g a movie or a dynamic website The size of the dots indicates the fixation duration and the numbers in the dots represent the order of the fixations Gaze Plots can be used to illustrate the gaze pattern of a single test participant throughout the entire eye tracking session or of several participants in a short time interval GAZE PLOT GazePlot Media Spotify A world of music Instant simple and free Time 00 00 00 000 00 00 21 494 Participant filter All Participants Preset Default Number of partici SETTINGS Fixations Duration Scale Q 100 APPEARANCE amp STYLE Border Color Custom Color Fill Color Recording Colors Gaze Order 7 Show Gaze Trail Show Opacity 100 eo F e Daves Pr ium emus c no cost a Monthly subscript pige no ads GO wens lt About Account gt Zoom Sm u 777 p En User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data 63 To generate a gaze plot 1 From the media list in the Selection pane click a media element to select it Select the Recordings check boxes to include the recordings in the visualization Uncheck to remove the recordings Click the Gaze Plot tab to display the fixation plot For instructions on how to customize the appearance of the gaze plots please read 7 4 1 Customizing gaze plots a fF ON You can
112. camera video perform a basic qualitative analysis of a participant s behavior during the test record participant interviews Retrospective Think Aloud code events and edit recordings for further analysis During replay the gaze path video is overlaid on the stimuli regardless of the media type The Replay tab also integrates tools to create media elements scenes from video stimuli and dynamic web content e g Flash These scenes can then be used to produce visualizations in the Visualization tab and eye tracking metrics descriptive statistics based on Areas of Interest on the Statistics tab Design and Record Fei Visualizations E ofinterest Statistics Data Export _ 2 WebTest Generate Export Movie RTA Full screen Recordings Name Rec 01 RTAZ Rec 23 RTA2 Rec 23 RTA Rec 23 Rec 20 RTA Rec 20 Rec 12 RTA Rec 12 Peers xm a downjagg spotity a Events t m Wind Riter by category Select Run the instatier Download Spotify for Windows nv have to be har Spotty k ell a a broadbar button below to doaniosd Text Whatis your g What is your g E QuestionStart 7 How often do E QuestionEnd How often do E QuestionStart 00 00 12 036 How often do Z QuestionEnd_ 00 00 15 287 How ofen do _ User Cam The window while under the Replay tab is divided into three main areas e Replay header Contains the Test selection button Generate Export
113. cards and setups To add the element to the test 1 Drag the media element icon to the test workspace timeline indicated by the gray arrow in the user interface The me dia setup dialog box opens To name the External Video element 1 The software uses External Video Element as the default name You can change it by clicking the Element Name field deleting the existing text and typing a new name To set the video source and properties 1 Choose the video source by selecting a device form the Video Source drop down list 2 If the device has more than one input e g S video and composite specify the input you want to use for the video re cording by selecting it in the Inputs drop down list 18 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 6 Choose the codec you want to use to convert and or compress the video signal during the recording by selecting an op tion from the Video Codec drop down list The choice of codec will impact the video quality file size and CPU load dur ing recording For most purposes the Microsoft Video 1 codec is recommended Click the Settings button to set the Temporal Quality Ratio of the video compression The higher the quality ratio the better the video quality will be but the more CPU resources will be consumed Click Edit to enable codecs Select the codec from the disabled list and click the left direction arrow to add the codec to the Video Co
114. cation The first time you run Tobii Studio you will need to provide the license key to run the software To uninstall Tobii Studio 1 Open the Windows Start menu and select All Programs 2 Click Tobii Studio 3 Click Uninstall Tobii Studio 4 2 Installing and Updating Tobii Studio User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 4 Follow the on screen prompts and instructions to remove Tobii Studio 2 2 1 License key activation When you use Tobii Studio for the first time start by typing the license key in the License key text field After typing the license key you have the option of selecting either Activate Now or Activate Later e f your computer is connected to the Internet type your organization name and an e mail address in the respective fields and then click Activate Now The activation process is initiated and you can start using Tobii Studio once it is completed e Ifyou do not have an Internet connection regardless of whether not you will in the future click Activate later By clicking Activate Later you have a grace period of 5 days to activate Tobii Studio The License Data dialog box will appear every time when you start Tobii Studio until it has been activated If the software has not been activated within the 5 days you will not be able to run Tobii Studio without activating it Automatic activation can also be used after you have started Tobii Studio Open the Help menu in Tobii Studio s main menu and clic
115. ccccciesiccccosreacs cotta icnactivracueetiasatuecthagenweesbanenetessesseesesvancneerecges 120 10 9 1 Coding Scheme Events predefined settingS 00 0 neeeeeeeeeeee ae eaaee 120 10 9 2 AOI Gaze events predefined settings eesssesserrreeressesrrsrrrrrereesruserrnerreereeeeeernnees 121 10 9 3 Media gaze events and coordinates predefined settings ccsceeceeeeeeeeeeee ee eeeee 121 10 9 4 Glasses gaze Coordinates eececeeee cece neeee cece aa eeeeeee ane eeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeaaaeeeeesaaeeeeees 121 10 9 5 Raw gaze coordinates predefined SettingS cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeaaees 122 10 10 Definitions of available data types eee RANAR E ENA ERAAN 122 10 10 1 Coordinate SySteMs eee see e reece niia siena nsr iai isana 123 1010 2 General dala accione annsin ced ann ced sanneecte sab baweed AEREE NENA AAAA ETER E AT 124 10 10 38 IMGGiacdataiiss ticissisacdcccedasncccseaes aoenaesang dssantthadbeconsedndsegsss Peccauanitecdceasteasans ENE Sa 124 10 10 4 Segment and scene data ci ceeceeeee cece eee e reece entrees eeaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeseaaeeeeeaeaaeeeeaeaaees 125 10 10 5 Timestamp Gata si tccdsdestsactecaiersavedpacsasPedsnannagecuatvecDadpetearcedaiteaeensnetaaseeustisasememaeasses 125 10 10 6 Recording Event Data sc ssri stie a ae aee EE EEEN EEEN INSEE EANES 126 10 10 7 Gaze event data and AOI activity information sssssssssssssrrsrrssrrirssrrrrrnsrrrnnssrrrrnnrrrrnns 127
116. cific hierarchical order The first row displays the metrics columns the second row shows the media columns the third row displays the different AOI and or AOI groups columns and the fourth row shows the descriptive statistics columns The row s title is displayed in the first column of the table The heading and content of this column changes according to the set tings in the Row list box in the Statistics toolbar The last row of data in the table displays a summary of the data from all the ta ble rows Above the table you can view a brief description of the metrics selected to generate the tables User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 93 The Table properties are available when you click the Table button In the toolbar located at the top of the Statistics workspace you can customize which descriptive statistics you want to display in the table the option to show participant variables and the table cell format To select the descriptive statistics 1 Click the Calculated by button The Descriptive Statistics list is displayed 2 Select descriptive statistics to include in the table by selecting the N Mean Max Min Sum Median or Stdev check boxes Click anywhere outside the list box to close it To include participant variables 1 Select the Participant Variables check box This adds the participant variables to the table 2 To select to display the participant variabl
117. click anywhere on the recordings list 2 Select Sort by in the context menu 3 Choose the element to sort by 4 Click the respective column headings to change the sorting order You can also click the heading you want to sort by and click again to reverse the sorting Types of information that can be shown in the recordings list e Name ID of the recording can be modified in the recordings list by clicking the ID e Date The date and time when the recording was made e Duration The duration of the recording in seconds e Color The color used to identify the recording on the timeline in the visualizations under the Visualization tab can be changed in the recordings list by clicking the color e Samples The percent is calculated by dividing the number of eye tracking samples that were correctly identified by the number of attempts 100 means that both eyes were found throughout the recording 50 means that one eye was found for the full recording or both eyes during half the time Note that the eyes cannot be found when a person is look ing away from the screen this will result in a lower percentage If the test is performed so that the participant is asked questions during the recording and occasionally looks at a test leader an alternative method for determining the quality of the recording should be considered e Participant The name of the test participant 5 1 2 Changing the timeline scale detail and playback speed The time
118. cording Start dialog box opens 431 3 Infant Calibration Infant calibration is used when conducting studies on infants Small animations in AVI format are displayed where the dots nor mally appear This works as an attention grabber suitable for small children It can also be used when it is difficult for someone to follow the calibration instructions Tobii Studio can also display different AVIs to attract the test participant s attention if they begin to respond poorly or grow tired of the calibration AVI These items are called attention animation AVIs No calibration data is collected during the display of these AVIs To change the Infant calibration settings 1 Type the calibration stimulus file path into the Calibration Animation field or Click the button to locate the file you want to use Click the file and then click Open to select it as a calibration stimulus 2 Type the file path into the Attention Animation field or click the button to locate the file you want to use Click the file and then click Open to select it as an attention grabbing stimulus 3 Select the Show infant calibration instructions check box to view the calibration instructions before the calibration pro cedure begins Clear the check box to hide the instructions Set Number of calibration points to 2 5 or 9 points Click the Background Color drop down list and select the color for the calibration background screen User Manual Tobii Studio
119. cordings have been performed with the test the test is locked and you have to unlock the test by clicking on the i red lock button on the upper right corner of the window A confirmation dialog displays asking you if you want to un lock the test Click Yes to unlock the test in order to be able to edit it To delete a media element 1 Right click the media element 2 Select Delete from the context menu 3 Click OK in the confirmation dialog box if you are sure you want to delete the element To copy a media element 1 Select the media element s to copy To select multiple media elements click and hold the CTRL key while you click each media element To select many consecutive elements click the first element in the sequence and then press and hold the SHIFT key while clicking the last one All the elements between the two clicks are selected including the two clicked Right click the media element 3 Select Copy from the context menu 4 Click the media element in the timeline that you would like to paste after to the right of right click and select Paste from the context menu To change the position of a media element in the timeline 1 Select the media element or elements 2 Drag the media to the new position on the timeline To edit the media element presentation properties 1 Right click the media element 2 Select Edit in the context menu The Media Element Setup dialog box opens 24 4 Designing and Recording Tests
120. create a new group in the Creating a new participant group section above 4 Click anywhere outside the list to close it When you select Recordings Participants or Participant Groups a global summary row or column will be displayed in the table or chart Clear the Show Summary check box if you wish to hide this row table or bar chart 9 3 1 3 Columns The Columns drop down list allows you to choose how the AOI data is calculated and displayed in table columns and the X axis of charts To select the Columns option 1 Click the Columns button The Columns list is displayed 2 Choose a setting by selecting the AOls per Media AOI Media Summary AOI Group Summary or AOI Metric summary check boxes 3 Click anywhere outside the list box to close it User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 91 Column levels in tables AOls per Media Each cell contains the descriptive statistic value for a single AOI or a single AOI group The cell value calcu lation also depends on the Row option selection The data is displayed using the following column hierarchal order metric gt me dia gt AOls and or AOI Groups gt Descriptive Statistics Example below 2 images DrawAngry JPG and DrawHappy JPG 4 AOls DrawAngryEyes DrawHappyEyes and 2 neutral eyes Row option Recording Time to First Fixation DrawAngry JPG DrawHappy JPG DrawAngryEyes neutral eyes DrawHappyEyes neutral eyes N
121. cription Duration of all fixations within an AOI or within all AOls belonging to an AOI group seconds 9 4 8 Total Fixation Duration zeros seconds This metric is calculated in the same way as Total Fixation Duration with the exception that if at the end of the recording the par ticipant has not fixated on the AOI the Total Fixation Duration will be registered as zero and the recording will be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N and means 9 4 8 1 Brief description Duration of all fixations within an AOI or within all AOls belonging to an AOI group seconds 9 4 9 Fixation Count count This metric measures the number of times the participant fixates on an AOI or an AOI group If during the recording the participant leaves and returns to the same media element then the new fixations on the media will be included in the calculations of the metric If at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated on the AOI the Fixation Count value will not be computed and the recording will not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N Fixation Count leasured in counts 9 4 9 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as t
122. cs of the participant s eyes and accurately calculates the direction of his her gaze on the surface of the screen or object Before starting the recording session make sure that Tobii Stu dio is connected to the eye tracker and that the study design and settings are set correctly To check the connection status between the eye tracker and Tobii Studio 1 Below the Start Recording button there is an indicator that shows the serial number ID of the eye tracker and whether it is connected or not Connection OK No Connection Click this serial number ID User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 31 2 Inthe Eye tracker Selector dialog box click the eye tracker row to select it 3 Click OK to accept the settings and close the dialog box Extended desktop dual screen setups are often used to enable a test leader to control a test using one display while presenting the stimulus to the test participant on another You need to first perform the necessary screen settings in Windows as it is rec ommended that the eye tracker screen is set as the main display in Windows To configure an extended desktop dual screen setup 1 In the lower left corner of the Design and Record tab you can see the Presentation screen displays as illustrated below The current recording screen is highlighted by a light blue background color 1440x900 2 If you wish to change the display click on the display that you want to
123. ction e AOI Group Summary Each bar represents the data from an AOI group calculated for all the selected media The bars are organized by Row option selection and then AOI group e AOI Metric Summary Each column represents the data from all AOls and all media The bars are organized by Row option selection 9 3 1 4 Selecting a time interval for analysis Use the Media time button in the Statistics workspace to restrict the analysis to a specific time interval of your recording This is done by first selecting the start time of the interval and then by defining the duration of the interval These settings will be ap plied to all recordings included in the analysis The currently selected start time and duration are displayed to the right of the Me dia time button To set the start time and duration for data collection 1 Click the Media time button The Media Time dialog box opens Set the start time in seconds in the Start Time field 3 If you wish to specify the duration of the data collection select the second option and specify the duration in seconds in the field Otherwise select the Until media end option 4 Confirm your selections by clicking Done If the start or end time of your selection is located in the middle of a fixation that fixation will be entirely removed from the metrics calculations When the Media time data selection is applied the metrics Time to First Fixation Time to First Mouse Click and Time
124. ction is a symmetric moving median filter It produces output data by calculating the median val ue of a number of consecutive data points from the input data series The number of input data points used to produce each output data point is controlled by the Window size parameter Each produced output data point is given the timestamp of the in put data point that was in the center of the window the median point of the input window the window size parameter must be an odd number In cases where the window is not entirely filled with input data points no output data will be produced The win dow may be short of data points due to the fact that the window stretches outside a data series with valid gaze or small frac tions of data points are missing within the window Typically the window stretches outside a valid data series at the beginning and end of a blink or at the beginning and end of a recording Loss of small fractions of data can occur as a result of temporary reflections occlusions etc and can partly be solved by using the Gap fill in function described in 6 4 1 Gap fill in interpola tion Not default for Raw data filter 58 6 Defining fixations User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data Being able to visualize your data in a number of ways with gaze superimposed on any kind of stimulus enables you to make a visual qualitative inspection of your results Visualizations are easily exported as
125. customize the Bee Swarms just as you customize a gaze plot read 7 4 1 Customizing gaze plots 7 5 Creating heat maps Heat maps can be of great value when creating reports papers or presentations as they help you to summarize large quantities of data in an intuitive way A heat map uses different colors to show the number of fixations participants made in certain areas of the image or for how long they fixated within that area Red usually indicates the highest number of fixations or the longest time and green the least with varying levels in between In spite of its intuitiveness the task of interpreting a heat map is more com plex than it seems For a critical discussion on how to interpret heat maps please read Bojko s 2009 paper entitled nformative or Misleading Heatmaps Deconstructed Bojko A 2009 Informative or Misleading Heatmaps Deconstructed in Human Computer Interaction Part I HCII 2009 Jacko J A Ed Springer Verlag Berlin pp 30 39 fo Windows Windows tenet Explored AE HEATMAP Draw 4830008 inn spotty omer domnia x De ah E Page G Took Gr Preset Default m SETTINGS Type Count Radius G 5 0px APPEARANCE amp STYLE Style Heatmap z ce E Scale Max Value 30E E Counts Opacity 100 SE rt octane oo en tun or save thie software What s the iisk The publeher could not be verified Are you sure you mant to run this Name Spotfy instaler exe Pubster Unknown Publisher
126. d along a presentation timeline A large number of media types are available images PDF documents screen recordings websites movies physical objects using a scene camera ex ternal video and instruction stimuli This facilitates studies in a range of different research fields 4 1 1 Adding media to a test Media is added to the test by dragging the media element from the media toolbar to the timeline For example you can quickly place a series of pictures movies or add a screen or web recording in the same test except when using external video and scene camera media For more information on Tobii Studio media limitations please read 13 Tobii Studio media limitations To add a media element to the test 1 Drag the media element icon to the test workspace timeline indicated by the gray arrow in the user interface if no ele ments were previously added The media setup dialog box opens 2 Set up your media element by changing the settings in the media setup dialog box for information on how to set up dif ferent media elements read 4 7 2 Media element types Click OK to accept the settings and close the dialog box The media is now visible as a slide icon in the center of the test workspace The line behind the media element repre sents the timeline and the arrow represents the direction of the test Right above the media element is the position num ber of that element in the current test 4 1 2 Media element types Tob
127. d measured If at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated on the AOI the Time to First Fixation value will not be computed and that recording will thus not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing the N value When browsing a website or PDF document each visited web URL and PDF page will become a unique media element 1 If the Web Groups tool is used to group two or more URLs the group and not the URL will become a unique media element 9 4 2 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 96 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element If participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follow
128. d relative to the window size r makes the algorithm behave like an I VT filter In fact the window size is fixed to 5 data points so this has the same effect as if dif had been divided by 5 and the threshold had been h x 5 for example if the Velocity Threshold is set to 35 pixels it will be equivalent to setting a threshold to 35 16 6x5 0 42 pixels ms on a 60 Hz eye tracker The list of peaks is then processed into fixations where the start and end points of a fixation are set by two consecutive peaks The spatial positions of the fixations are calculated by taking the median of the unfiltered data points in that interval After the lo cation of each fixation has been determined the fixation data goes through a final iteration First the Euclidean distances be tween all the fixations are calculated and if the distance between two consecutive fixations falls below a second user defined threshold d Distance Threshold the two fixations are merged into a single fixation The process is repeated until no fixation point is closer to each other than the threshold The fixation identification process is then complete The timestamp of the fixation is taken from the first sample included in the fixation and the duration is measured from the elapsed time between the first and last sample included in the fixation The Tobii Fixation Filter is both affected by the sample rate of the eye tracker and the image resolution since h is calculated in pixe
129. d the end of the last fixation within the same active AOI where there have been no fixations outside the AOI For AOI groups an individual visit is defined as the time interval between the first fixation on any active AOI belonging to the group and the end of the last fixation within on any active AOI within the AOI group where there have been no fixations outside the active AOls of the AOI group Note Cut off fixations as described in the introduction of section 0 will affect descriptive statistics for this metric There are no limitations on how short these cut off fixations can be to still be included in the calculations of a metric If at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated on the AOI the Total Visit Duration value will not be computed and the recording will not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N Total Visit Duration Former Observation Length Measured in seconds cars N cs Vi7o Wai a Yu a NEVENEYONT oY D GO a 7 j SANT PARANA j de F 9 4 12 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N va
130. d the monitor then check if the cables to the monitor are plugged into the right connectors and that the connection source is set correctly Read your moni tor manual for more information 5 To set the eye tracker screen as the primary monitor select the eye tracker monitor in the Display list and then select the Make this my main display check box 6 Make sure that the screens have the same resolution Read the previous section for more information on how to set the screen resolution 12 1 3 Enabling the 3GB switch in Windows 32 Bit This is only necessary if you are using a Windows Vista 7 or 8 32 Bit Operating System If you are using a 64 Bit version of these Operating Systems this will be automatically activated for you To enable your 32 Bit version of Windows Vista 7 or 8 to utilize 3GB of RAM please follow the below steps 1 Open an elevated command prompt by clicking the start menu and searching for Command Prompt once this has been located right click and select Run as administrator 2 Inthe command prompt please type bcdedit set IncreaseUserVA 3072 and press enter It should look like this C windows system32 gt bededit set IncreaseUserVA 3072 3 After this is completed please restart your computer If you wish to change this setting back to the default settings simply run through steps 1 3 again however instead of using the command listed in Step 2 type the following and press en
131. dCOS ccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesessssseeaaaeas 145 14 1 2 Display view time offset images ci 2 ciccsseccteseseceececcenenessceneeensaneeneducanseeesaneneeneeie 145 14 1 3 Recorded view time offset images ccccceeseceeeceeeeesecenaeeeeeeeseeeenaeeeseeeeseeenaees 146 14 1 4 ReECOMMONCALIONS ysies iina anae aN aE sauteed dace tushy ceed dadsaeudeceduan aiia 147 14 2 VelocityChart Visualizing eye tracking data on a timeline eee ieee eee ee ee nenne 148 14 2 1 Important Notifications sicsviciseiis tied ataesaden s aeiiae aaa a ia aan aa Ta N 149 14 2 2 Using VelocityChart to tune the Raw Data or the I VT Fixation filters 0cee 149 1423 Velocity Chart Settings ctssicceotcisecstensaateeconteatsahessantiitettacedasetsugeadecrsansncosstanmeestieedts 150 14 2 4 Exporting gaze velocity and fixation data from VelocityChart cc eect eee eee nees 150 1 Introduction Tobii Studio offers a comprehensive platform for the recording and analysis of eye gaze data facilitating the interpretation of human behavior consumer responses and psychology Combining an easy preparation for testing procedures and advanced tools for visualization and analysis eye tracking data is easily processed for useful comparison interpretation and presentation A broad range of studies is supported from usability testing and market research to psychology and ocular motor physiological experiments The Tobii Studio s intuitive
132. data the fix ation filter settings in the global settings dialog will not be applied to the data but the Raw filter will be applied e Segments exports data from segments created within the recordings separately e Media exports data collected for each recording for different media types e g images web pages movies scenes and Tobii Glasses snapshots Note When exporting Tobii Glasses snapshots data the fixation filter settings in the global settings dialog will be applied to the data For the relevant test listed click the drop down button to show the available data sources for the specific test To define the data set select the checkboxes of the relevant data sources and click Done Information given for each entry e Full Recordings Information about each recording includes participant name recording name date and time of when the recording was made and the duration of the recording e Segments Information about each segment includes participant name recording name for the recording in which the segment is created segment name date and time of when the recording in which the segment is created was made and the duration of the segment e Media Information for each entry is what type of media it is and the media element s name You can select all entries simultaneously by selecting the topmost checkbox 10 2 Selecting the data types to be included in the data export In the Data Export tool there are multiple types o
133. dec drop down list Do the opposite to remove a codec Click the Preview box to preview the video streamed from the device To set device specific settings 1 2 If your external device is a video camera click Camera Settings to change the video image settings such as brightness and contrast Click Video Settings to change other device specific hardware settings such as video size and frame rate To display the video input live on the screen of the computer running Tobii Studio and connected to the eye tracker during the recording 1 Select the Use video as stimulus check box In most cases when capturing video the video signal needs to first be converted from analog to digital It then needs to be captured and compressed into a movie Because of this process delays may occur affecting the precision of the video synchronization At high CPU load some video capture devices occasionally drop video frames This means that although gaze data and trigger data are timed with the same precision as for all other Tobii Studio media types the synchronization of gaze data in relation to the captured video may be degraded Make sure you use a high per formance computer Recommended computers video capture cards and codecs can be found in the system recommendations document available at www tobii com Please refer to the eye tracker hardware documentation for more information on the possible setups 4 1 2 7 Scene Camera
134. default settings for Regular calibration are set to five calibration points the color of the points is red the background is gray the speed is set to medium and the calibration is set to use the full screen Presentation of the dots is sequential and fully automatic 32 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US To change the Regular calibration settings 1 Click the Foreground Color drop down list and select the color for the points 2 Set the calibration speed by selecting one of the five preset speeds in the Calibration Speed list 3 Set Number of calibration points to 2 5 or 9 points 4 Click the Background Color list and select the color of the calibration background screen 5 Click Configure to adjust the area of the screen that will be used when performing calibrations This may provide a more accurate calibration if you are planning to use a small area of the screen to show the stimulus Click Restore default to reset the respective calibration settings to the default value 43 1 2 Manual calibration Manual calibration is best suited for studies using the Scene Camera media element or in cases where participants have poor vision and have problems following the points in the regular calibration In these cases Manual calibration provides the ability to conduct a more accurate calibration step by step i The calibration is performed after the space bar is pressed Make sure that t
135. deficiencies 1 4 Internet Resources Tobii Studio related material such as release notes manuals and detailed system recommendations can be downloaded from the Support amp Download section at www tobii com To download the available material you need to use your product license key or contact Tobii Support for login details You can also find other Tobii Studio materials at various social media sites such as YouTube com Tobii Studio demo and short tips videos Scribd com and SlideShare net To access those materials go to the respective website and search for To biiEyeTracking Tobii or Tobii Eye Trackers or visit the Products amp Services section at www tobii com User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 1 Introduction 1 1 5 Additional Publications and Resources For additional information on how to use Tobii Studio you can watch the video walkthrough and practice with the Tobii Stu dio Tutorial Project that is included on the Tobii Studio Installation CD or downloaded from www tobii com Products amp Services section Information on different configurations for the Tobii TX Series Eye Tracker setups can be found in the eye tracker user manual that is shipped with the eye tracker If the manual has been misplaced or lost you can download a PDF version of the manual from the Support amp Download section at www tobii com Detailed documentation on Tobii Studio timing of stimulus display as well as
136. ding to Salojarvi et al 2005 and Komogortsev et al 2010 The default value 60 ms is set conservatively to also allow for complex occulomotor behaviour such as express saccades For most attention studies a minimum fixation duration of 100 ms is appropriate Saloj rvi J Puolamaki K Simola J Kovanen L Kojo l and Kaski S 2005 Inferring relevance from eye movements Feature ex traction Technical Report Publications in Computer and Information Science Espoo Finland PASCAL EU Network of Excel lence challenge Komogortsev et Al 2010 Standardization of Automated Analyses of Oculomotor Fixation and Saccadic Behaviors IEEE Trans actions on Biomedical Engineering vol 57 11 pp 2635 2645 User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 6 Defining fixations 55 6 2 Tobii Fixation Filter The Tobii Fixation Filter is an implementation of a classification algorithm proposed by Olsson 2007 and is currently used as the default fixation algorithm in Tobii Studio The algorithm behaves mainly like an I VT filter that detects quick changes in the gaze point using a sliding window averaging method Assuming that the eyes move between two different fixations the following distinctions are made e Ifa segment of the signal is of constant or slowly changing mean value due to drift we classify it as one fixation e If there is an abrupt change in the signal the eyes have moved to another fixation location By designing an algorit
137. dings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements 108 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US Percentage Clicked Participant 1 amp Participant 2 Measured in hh h Participant 2 clicks n AOI A in Media nt clicked on the AOI at least once T Fixated for AOI A 100 Clicked f 9 4 17 2 Brief description Percentage of recordings in which participants clicked at least once within an AOI or AOI group 9 4 18 Mouse Click Count count This metric measures the number of times the participant left clicks with the mouse on an AOI or an AOI group If at the end of the recording the participant has not clicked on the AOI the Mouse Click Count value will not be computed and the recording will not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N 9 4 18 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element When participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal t
138. down list and select a keyboard key from the list 3 Click the Restore default button to restore the shortcut keys to ESC and F10 12252 Timing Settings Tobii Studio initiates the stimulus presentation by sending a command to the computer s graphics card to write the stimulus da ta to its memory When this process is finished the stimulus is sent to the monitor via a VGA or DVI connector In the monitor the stimulus is first stored and buffered by the screen controller card typically 1 frames and then sent to the display following the vertical screen refresh rate Refresh rates are measured in Hz and represent the number of times per second the monitor re freshes the pixels on its display We can calculate the time interval between two screen refresh cycles by dividing 1000 ms 1 second by the refresh rate for example a 60 Hz refresh rate is equivalent to an image update every 16 6 ms If an image is sent to the screen while it is refreshing the offset for its display will depend only on how fast each pixel on the screen changes i e the response time of the display However if the image is sent to the display between two refresh cycles then the offset will vary depending on where in the cycle the image becomes available For example if the image is available in the middle of a 60 HZ re fresh cycle it will take 8 34 ms extra to be shown on the screen as it has to wait for the next refresh event to be displayed The response time of the d
139. e timeline by pressing F10 on your keyboard i Please note that F10 and Esc are the default keys for moving to the next element and aborting the recording You can change those from the Tobii Studio main menu by choosing Tools gt Settings and selecting the Re cording tab 16 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US If you press the escape key during a recording the recording is aborted and the next element will not be presented Since not all web pages are fully compatible with Internet Explorer 8 before starting the recording you need to set Internet Ex plorer 8 to run in compatibility mode To turn on the Internet Explorer 8 compatibility mode 1 Open Internet Explorer 2 Click the Tools menu and then select Compatibility View Settings 3 Inthe Compatibility View Settings dialog box select the option Display all websites in Compatibility View 4 Click Close to accept the changes and close the dialog box Disabling smooth scrolling in Internet Explorer It is recommended to disable Smooth Scrolling within Internet Explorer unless it is absolutely necessary to use it to do this simply follow the below steps 1 With an Internet Explorer window open click Internet Options to open the Internet Options dialog box 2 Click on the Advanced tab and scroll down within the settings sub window to the Browsing section 3 Locate the Use smooth scrolling check box and make sure it is deac
140. e AOI is viewed between the first fixation on the AOI and the mouse click in the AOI Time from First Fixation to Next Mouse Click Across media will be the sum of all recorded media time until the participant clicked the active AOI Recording time for media not containing the AOI is included in the calculations i The activation state active inactive of the AOI does not affect the counting starting point Even if the AOI is inac tive time will be started and measured If at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated and clicked on the AOI the Time from First Fixation to First Mouse Click value will not be computed and that recording will thus not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N i When browsing a website or PDF document each visited web URL and PDF page will become a unique media element 1 If the Web Groups tool is used to group two or more URLs the group and not the URL will become a unique media element 9 4 23 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same
141. e N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element If participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements 9 4 5 2 Brief description Duration of the first fixation on an AOI or an AOI group seconds 100 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 9 4 6 Fixation Duration seconds This metric was previously called Fixation Length in older versions of Tobii Studio and measures the duration of each individual fixation within an AOI or within all AOls belonging to an AOI group The N value used to calculate the descriptive statistics such as mean and standard deviation is based on the number of fixations read the N value description below for more details If during the recording the participant returns to th
142. e also displayed on the timeline as colored bookmarks When you hold the pointer over the bookmark the event details appear If you click an event in the Events list the timeline marker will jump to the position in the recording where the event occurred User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings 41 To enable disable the types of events displayed in the list 1 Right click the list and selecting Filter by Category The Visible events and log categories dialog box opens 2 Select the check boxes for the events you wish to display in the list 3 Click OK In addition to these automatic events you can also generate your own log events by using the coding scheme feature in Tobii Studio These events such as a participant clicking a link on a web page or looking at a specific part of a stimuli will also be shown in the Events list During the playback of the recording you can use these events to mark the sections in the recording that you find of interest or are more relevant to your study You can then use the bookmarks on the timeline or Events list to find those sections quickly For example you can use the user camera to record the reactions of the participants to the stimulus presentation and use the cod ing scheme to log the parts in the recording where the participant was confused distracted or engaged Later you can extract eye tracking metrics from these sections of the recording and compare t
143. e computer you are going to use to record eye tracking data For details on how to set up Tobii Eye Trackers or Eye Tracking hardware please read the respective user manuals For optimal performance Tobii Studio should be installed on a computer that follows the Tobii Studio and Tobii Eye Trackers System Recommendations This document is available at www tobii com Support amp Downloads section or can be obtained from your local sales representative Tobii Studio software can be used to incorporate much more than just recording of eye tracking data Various video and audio streams and integration with other software and hardware may also be utilized Make sure that when you use additional compo nents such as video capture cards and cameras that you have the correct drivers installed on your system and that they follow the System Requirements and Recommendations available for download at www tobii com 2 1 Before installation Tobii Studio uses Windows programming components drivers and eye tracking firmware e g APIs and frameworks to display and record the eye tracking data and stimulus If they were not previously installed these components are automatically installed by the Tobii Studio installer Tobii Studio is compatible with Windows XP 7 and 8 1 32 and 64 bit versions AA Install the driver for the eye tracker built in user camera If the eye tracker has a built in user camera Tobii T Series Eye Trackers and its serial
144. e first set of sequences to create a second set For example when 5 media elements are randomized the first sequence of the first set is equal to 1 2 5 3 4 and the first se quence of the second set is equal to 4 3 5 2 1 where each number represents a media element 5 x 5 Square 5 x 5 Square Recording 1 12534 Recording 6 43521 Recording 2 23145 Recording 7 54132 Recording 3 34251 Recording 8 15243 Recording 4 45312 Recording 9 21354 Recording 5 51423 Recording 10 32415 The reason for doubling is that we need to make sure that each media element is followed by each of the other media elements the same number of times to counterbalance for order effects In the first set media element 2 is followed by 3 twice and by 5 twice but isn t followed by 1 or 4 at all Therefore the second set is created and 2 is followed by 1 twice and by 4 twice 4 1 6 Unlocking Tobii Studio Tests for editing After you have performed a recording the test will become locked This is to prevent any accidental modifications during the test sessions If you want to modify the test you first need to unlock it To unlock the test 1 Click the lock icon located in the upper right part of the media element toolbar 2 Click Yes in the confirmation dialog box to confirm the procedure 4 1 7 Test preview The Preview Test feature allows you to preview the media elements on the timeline as if it
145. e information about the file in the File origin drop down list Select the option 65001 Unicode UTF 8 in order for the file to import correctly Once these selections have been made click Finish to complete opening the file User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 25 26 The Text Wizard has determined that your data is Delimited If this is correct choose Next or choose the data type that best describes your data Original data type Choose the file type that best describes your data Delimited Characters such as commas or tabs separate each field O Fixed width Fields are aligned in columns with spaces between each field Start import at row O My data has headers Preview of file File origin i1 Unicode UTF 8 The first row in the file is used to show the positions available for the elements The subsequent rows start with the name of the sequence in the first position and continues with the element names of the elements to be included in that se quence Each row represents one sequence i e element order Create as many sequences as you want to use for your recordings Each sequence can be used for multiple recordings Ensure that you give each sequence a unique name MSExcel format A B c D E F G H I J 1 Sequence Order i aj 3 4 5 6 7 8 AR Jinstruction_1 i 1 Questionnaire_1 instruction_2 Dog
146. e key frame where the AOI becomes active 2 Note the current time displayed above the video controls 3 Inthe Statistics tab on the toolbar click the Media time button the Media Time dialog opens In the Media Time dialog enter the AOls start time you just noted and click Done WARNING Changing the data collection Starting Time will affect all metrics in the table 9 4 5 First Fixation Duration seconds This metric measures the duration of the first fixation on an AOI or an AOI group When using AOI groups the measured fixation corresponds to the first fixation on any of the AOls belonging to the group Cut off fixations as described in the introduction of section O will affect descriptive statistics for this metric There are no limitations on how short these cut off fixations can be to still be included in the calculations of a metric If at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated on the AOI the First Fixation Duration value will not be computed and that participant will thus not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N First Fixation Duration Measured in seconds 9 4 5 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows th
147. e same media element the new fixations on the media will also be included in the calculations of the metric If at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated on the AOI the Fixation Duration value will not be computed and that recording will thus not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing averages for participant groups 9 4 6 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of fixations and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows N is equal to the total number of fixations on an AOI If participants are selected as table rows N is equal to the total number of fixations a participant has made on the AOI If the par ticipant has made more than 1 recording with the same media element N will be equal to the sum of the number of fixations from all the recordings If participant groups are selected as rows then N will be equal to the sum of the number of fixations of all the recordings in cluded in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary column the N value represents the total number of fixations on all AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary column the N value represents the sum of the fixations on all the AOls belonging to the same AOI group and follows the rules describ
148. e setting discards all samples where only one eye has been detected Only when both eyes are detected simultaneously an average position of the two eyes will be calculated and out putted If only one eye was detected during calibration but two during the recording this will lead to the same is sues as described for the Average setting User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 6 Defining fixations 51 Validity Codes Eye Selection Option L R Left Average Strict Average Right Found both eyes 0 0 Data Left eye Mean Mean Data Right eye One eye certain 0 4 Data Left eye Data Left eye left One eye probably 1 3 Data Left eye Data Left eye left One eye uncertain 2 2 which one One eye probably 3 1 Data Right eye Data Right eye right One eye certain 0 4 Data Right eye Data Right eye right No eyes 4 4 Data from the one eye found will be used if calibration was made using only one Arithmetic mean Validity codes are codes that the eye tracker uses to describe how certain it is that it found a specific eye The lower the value the more certain the eye tracker is These values can be found for each eye tracking data sample in text exports of eye tracking data i Never perform a calibration with only one eye if the participant will use both eyes during the study Large offset errors may be introduced in the data Tobii Glasses note As a res
149. e that you are missing a small portion of the video in some of the recordings 6 Click OK to create the segments 7 To view the segments select the desired recording and make sure the Segments pane is visible i If the start and stop events are the same type of event for example a LeftMouseClick the stop point event Next Left MouseClick has to be selected In this example segments will be created between all left mouse clicks User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings 43 5 4 2 Generating segments manually Go to the Replay view and choose the test you want to create segments for To create a segment manually 1 Select the recording you wish to use to create the segment and make sure the Segments pane is visible 2 Drag the timeline marker to the location on the timeline where you wish to set the start of the segment Drag the right handle of the timeline marker to the end position The red color indicates the section on the timeline that is cur rently selected 00 01 15 428 Tfaa g lint Mus_ C S_ B Instruction Element T Y QS ee Cer Rename F2 l MOO Delete Del m Add Segment to Segment Groups gt Loop Export Segment as Video oe D a I lt m D Segments Scenes Settings Recording Rec 12 length 00 04 00 231 participant P12 3 Right click the selection and select Create Segment from Selection or Create Segme
150. e the computer screen resolution settings Windows XP 1 Open the Start menu and click Control Panel 2 Inthe Control Panel click Appearance Themes and then click Display 3 On the Settings tab under Screen resolution drag the slider and then click Apply 4 When prompted to apply the settings click OK Your screen will turn black for a moment 5 Once your screen resolution changes you have 15 seconds to confirm the change Click Yes to confirm the change click No or do nothing to revert to your previous setting 6 To improve the graphics card performance and reduce the hard disk load select High 16 bit for Color Quality For studies that require higher color quality use a computer with high performance and contact Tobii Support for recommendations Windows 7 k Open the Start menu on your computer and select Control Panel In the Control Panel find the Appearance and Personalization category and click Adjust screen resolution Click the Display drop down list and select the display you want to set up Click Resolution and make sure it is set to 1024x768 or 1280x1024 for the Tobii T60 and T120 Eye Trackers and 1920 x 1200 1080p for the Tobii T60XL Eye Tracker Aw N User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 12 General Settings 135 5 Once your screen resolution changes you have 15 seconds to confirm the change Click Yes to confirm the change click No or do nothing to revert to your previous setting 6
151. e variable and the possible answers are the values of which the participant can only select one for each question To add a new independent variable using the Manage Participants dialog box 1 From the Tools menu choose Participants gt Manage Participants The Manage Participant window opens Click the Independent Variables tab Click New In the Add New Participant Variable dialog box type the variable name e g gender in the Variable Name field Click an empty row in the Values list until you see the cursor blinks Type a value e g male Repeat step 4 until you have entered all the values NO oO RF O DN Click OK to save the variable and values to the variables list in the Manage Participants dialog box For more information on how to create participant independent values using participant interaction please read the Question naire media element section in 4 7 2 Media element types To learn how to create participant groups and filter recordings read 7 2 7 Using independent variables and segment groups to filter recordings and 9 2 1 Choosing recordings 4 3 Calibrating and recording participants Recordings are initiated by clicking the Start Recording button located at the bottom of the window on the Design and Record tab In order to start a recording you need to create a new or select an existing participant and perform a calibration The cali bration process ensures that the eye tracker learns the characteristi
152. e with a Tobii T6narlivs forturXL Eye Tracker the maximum is 1920x 1200 pixels Videos larger than the eye tracker s screen resolution will be cropped during the media element s presentation Use a video editing application such as Adobe Pre miere or VirtualDub to resize a video A video media file generally consists of a video data package containing a video header block and a video data block This type of file format is often called a container or wrapper e g AVI is a commonly used container for video media in Windows The vid eos added to a Tobii Studio test must be in AVI or ASF format AVI Audio Video Interleaved is a multimedia container format introduced by Microsoft in November 1992 as part of its Video for Windows technology AVI files contain both audio and video data as well as information on audio video synchrony The first frame in each recording is time stamped and the remaining frames are recorded without timestamp information AVI containers often suffer from frame losses during coding and processing of video data The absence of time stamped frames can lead to a loss of synchrony between the audio and video streams during playback To cope with frame losses Tobii Studio s replay tool stretches the video tracks by repeating some frames to the full duration of the playback that is stored in the database As long as the video device doesn t drop frames during the replay this approach works very well ASF Advanced Systems Fo
153. ec packages For information on accuracy of video presentation in Tobii Studio please read 14 1 Appendix A Tobii Studio critical timing information 4 1 2 4 Web The Web media element is used to display webpages to participants during a recording In order to use this element during a recording your computer needs to be connected to the Internet or the websites need to be stored locally on your computer To bii Studio uses the website s URL or a local address to open the site in Internet Explorer and automatically records all mouse clicks key strokes and webpages visited during the test Currently Internet Explorer is the only browser supported by Tobii Studio s Web element Please note that Windows 8 0 and Internet Explorer 10 are not supported Please see the below illustration for Internet Explorer and Windows compatibility Tobii Studio will automatically choose the Web Recorder Plug in based upon your setup If you have Internet Explorer 9 or older you will have the old plug in selected if you have Internet Explorer 11 then the new plug in will be selected Windows 7 Windows 8 Windows 8 1 1E11 Supported Not Supported Supported 1E10 Not Supported Not Supported Not Supported IE9 and Supported Not Supported N A IE 9 is not below available on Windows 8 1 To add the element to the test 1 Drag the media element icon to the test workspace timeline indicated by the gray arrow in the u
154. ec you want to use to convert and or compress the video signal during the recording by select a codec from the Video Codec list The choice of codec will impact the video quality file size and CPU load during recording For most purposes the Microsoft Video 1 is recommended 4 Click the Settings button to set the temporal quality ratio of the video compression The higher the quality ratio the more detailed the recording will be However the recording will also consume more CPU resources 5 Click Edit to select which codecs are enabled These codecs are then shown in the Video Codec list 6 Click the Preview box to preview the image streamed from the device To set device specific settings e f your external device is a video camera click Camera Settings to change the video image settings such as brightness and contrast e Click Video Settings to change other device specific hardware settings such as video size and frame rate In most cases when making a video recording the video signal needs to be converted from analog to digital This is done by using codecs Because of this delays are induced affecting the precision of the video synchronization Fur thermore at high CPU load some video capture devices occasionally lose video frames This means that although gaze data and trigger data are timed with the same precision as for all other Tobii Studio media types the synchroni zation of gaze data in relation to the scene camera v
155. ed in the previous paragraph for recordings participants and participant groups In the AOI metric summary column the N value represents the total number of fixations on all AOls included in all media elements Fixation Duration Measured in seconds 9 4 6 2 Brief description Duration of each individual fixation within an AOI or within all AOls belonging to an AOI group seconds 9 4 7 Total Fixation Duration seconds This metric measures the sum of the duration for all fixations within an AOI or within all AOls belonging to an AOI group thus the N value used to calculate descriptive statistics is based on the number of recordings read the N value description below for more details User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 101 i Cut off fixations as described in the introduction of section O will affect descriptive statistics for this metric There are no limitations on how short these cut off fixations can be to still be included in the calculations of a metric If at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated on the AOI the Total Fixation Duration will not be computed and the recording will not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N and means When browsing a website or PDF document each visited web URL and PDF page will become a unique media element 1 If the Web Groups tool is used to group tw
156. edia and eye tracking data The recording concludes when all the media elements have been presented Once the recording has ended you are ready to move to the Replay tab and analyze the recording To abort a recording press the Esc key at any time during the recording 4 4 In cases of recordings ending prematurely e g because of system hanging or software crashes Tobii Studio has the support for repairing such recordings so that the data collected up to the point when the recording stopped can be used further for analysis The next time Tobii Studio is started after the program has been shut down unexpectedly during a recording you will see an Interrupted Recording dialog asking if the recording that was ongoing before the interruption should be repaired or deleted If you select Repair the software will attempt to repair the recording If the last element displayed when the recording ended was an image a movie an external video element a scene camera element or a pdf the video from that element will be lost and the gaze data will be replayed against a black background The timing between the user camera image sound recording and gaze data can contain offsets so repaired record ings should not be used if the timing between these is of critical importance for the analysis Importing Tobii Glasses Data After performing a recording using the Tobii Glasses the gathered data can be imported into Tobii Studio for further analysis Be
157. edia replay operations in the Areas of Interest tab sssssssssssrrusrrrerruesrrnsrrenrrrnrrrnrrrerreean 79 8 4 1 Media replay controls in the Areas of Interest tab oo cece e ee aeeeeeeee aa eeeeees 79 8 4 2 Zooming the media tiMeline wicsicsccdecess secstvavaeccouserdeccncderanceondenaecevedenamcedersaancenet eaaccsde 79 8 5 Changing the size of an existing AOI ccceeeeeeecneeeeeeee ener ee eee ne ee esse aaa KNEA ANNANN EN KENNAN EEA 79 8 6 Moving arvexisting AOI iiris a aaa aA sa eetadedaectdcdddsagianadeaaamsced sends 80 8 7 Rotating an existing AOI vices sccstnsensaeacissanenadscasnaesteenssies tones teeadenesastsseaaniedy snesnesesnnaeectnensamnenys 80 8 8 Adding and deleting AOI Keyframes ie ninieeieeeeee eee a neneeeeeeeaes 80 8 9 Changing the name or appearance of an AOL cceeeeeceeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeaae eres eeaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeaneaaes 81 8 10 Undoing redoing actions pesses iina sate hades ninthevavenntecetascadnuaveseetetevasvederennes RER 81 8 11 Copying cutting and pasting AOIS oo isinsi iianadi naniii diaaa 82 B 12 SHOWING HIGINGIAQIS zea sistecitacieg icttsnuzekebleaicucetd A sian acy teanteeeg sian Metdenaweeteeanadeee 82 813 Panningiand zooming the mela sssrini ERR RRA RRNA 82 8 14 Exporting an image of the AOls on the Media ce ceeeeeeeenneeeeeee na eeeee sean eeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeaaaeeees 83 8 15 Mahaging AOL Groups cicsssssceccnssnsseatinsa senanses sacs danaa inaianei iinan adiaii
158. eft and right eyes The accuracy of the human eye is not identical in both eyes One of the eyes is usually more dominant and more accurate than the other In some cases the difference between the two eyes is so great that it will affect the accuracy of the analysis If so it is best to use the data from the dominant eye and discard the data from the other On the Fixation Filters tab you can choose to discard the data from one of the eyes or average the data from both eyes by click ing the Eye Selection drop down list Eye Selection Filter and selecting Left Right or Average After selecting the gaze data Left or Right eye or recalculating the gaze points Average you can choose either to not process the data further by selecting the Raw Data Filter check box or to process the gaze data further into fixations using the Tobii Fixa tion Filter or the ClearView Fixation Filter For more information on what fixation filters are and how they work please read 6 Defining fixations 12 2 5 Recording settings Under the Recordings tab you can configure the recording settings 1225 1 Recording Shortcut Keys The ESC key on your keyboard is the default key for ending and exiting the recording while F10 is the default key for moving the presentation to the next media element To change the recording shortcut keys 1 Click the End the recording drop down list and select a keyboard key from the list 2 Click the Move to next test element drop
159. elect Filter Settings The dialog box has the same layout as the Fixation filter dialog in Tobii Studio The startup param eter values in VelocityChart fixation filter dialog have been retrieved from the same parameters set in Tobii Studio 3 In the Fixation filter dialog box select Raw Data I VT Fixation filter in the Fixation filter drop down menu To zoom in to a representative part of the recording 1 In VelocityChart create a zoom window with the mouse by pressing the left mouse button while dragging the mouse along the timeline and then releasing the mouse button 2 Adjust the zoom window by dragging the scroll box in the horizontal scroll bar To adjust the parameters in VelocityChart fixation dialog box 1 In VelocityChart Fixation filter dialog box adjust the parameters to obtain suitable data processing Finding the best pa rameters values to fit all recordings while still preserving fine grained eye tracking data is a complicated task that re quires training and experience The default values have been set to work in most cases These release notes will not cover the methods of evaluating different parameter settings 2 Click Apply to apply the changes in VelocityChart Fixation filter parameters in VelocityChart do not affect fixation filter parameters in Tobii Studio To apply VelocityChart s Raw Data I VT Fixation filter parameters values in Tobii studio 1 In VelocityChart s Fixation Filter settings dialog click S
160. ent Displays the information of which key was pressed on the keyboard StudioEventIndex Represents the order in which a Tobii Studio record Count ing event was registered The index is an auto incre ment number starting with 1 first event detected StudioEvent Type of media element or manual logging event e g start end and manual logging description For further information please read the following section StudioEventData Displays the name of the media element webpage URL or PDF page For Manual logging it displays the text entered in the log message For further informa tion please read the following section ExternalEventIndex Represents the order in which external events were Count ExternalEvent Type of event logged by an external device ExternalEventValue Value of external event EventMarkerValue Reports whether the signal on the TX300 s sync port is off or on off e 1 on 10 10 6 1 StudioEvent StudioEventData The table below describes the Tobii Studio generated events in detail StudioEvent StudioEventData Description InstructionStart The name of the instruction ele ment on the timeline InstructionEnd The name of the instruction ele ment on the timeline ImageStart The name of the image file ImageEnd The name of the image file 126 10 Exporting Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US
161. ents can be added to the same scene This could be useful if the recording contains multiple instances of the same or an equivalent background To add more selections to the same scene Create a new segment selection read the previous section for details Right click the new selection Select Add Selection to Scene and select which scene you would like to add the selection to PO N gt The scene is updated and displays the recording coverage derived from the selection User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings 47 When a scene is created the background image is taken from the timeline marker s current location To change the background of the scene 1 Drag the timeline marker to the section of the video recording that contains the images you wish to use and choose the frame that is most appropriate to overlay the gaze data on 2 Click the Scene context menu arrow and then select Set new Scene Image To delete a scene 1 Click the Scene context menu arrow 2 Select Delete and then click Yes in the confirmation dialog box to confirm To delete a content section of a scene 1 Right click the content you want to delete from the scene 2 Click Delete scene segment 5 6 Exporting Recordings Recordings are exported into an AVI video format that can then be viewed using an external media player This export procedure is the same as exporting segments as videos 5 4 4 Exporting segments a
162. ers ADCSmm tion of the left eye EyePosRightX ADCSmm Horizontal coordinate of the 3D position Millimeters ADCSmm of the right eye EyePosRightY ADCSmm Vertical coordinate of the 3D position of Millimeters ADCSmm the right eye EyePosRightZ ADCSmm Distance depth coordinate of the 3D posi Millimeters ADCSmm tion of the right eye User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 10 Exporting Data 129 Gaze tracking data Description Format Reference system DistanceLeft Distance between the left eye and the eye tracker The distance is calculated based on the length of the vector from the center of the eye to the UCS origin point User Coordinate System on the eye tracker Millimeters DistanceRight Distance between the right eye and the eye tracker The distance is calculated based on the length of the vector from the center of the eye to the UCS origin point User Coordinate System on the eye tracker Millimeters CamLeftX Horizontal coordinate of the left eye in the eye tracker sensor image only available for recordings made with Tobii Studio ver sions prior to Tobii Studio 2 3 O is the left edge of the image 1 is the right edge CamLeftY Vertical coordinate of the left eye in the eye tracker sensor image only available for recordings made with Tobii Studio ver sions prior to Tobii Studio 2 3 O is the top edge of the image 1 is the bottom edge C
163. es To set the duration select a prede termined time value in seconds in the View Time field e Mouse click The images will be displayed until the mouse is clicked by either the test participant or the test leader e Key press The images will be displayed until a key on the keyboard is pressed by either the test participant or the test leader Click the Key press drop down list and select a key from the list During the test the image is presented in actual size but limited to the eye tracker s screen resolution and the screen resolution settings in Windows For example if you are using a Tobii T60 or T120 Eye Tracker the maximum image size is 1280x 1024 pixels while with a Tobii T6OXL Eye Tracker the maximum is 1920x 1200 pixels Images larger than the eye tracker s screen resolution will be cropped for the presentation with the center of the image remaining at the center of the screen Use an image editing application to resize an image You can also add multiple images as well as movies at the same time by copying them to the test timeline directly from Win dows Explorer To add multiple images 1 Browse to the folder in Windows Explorer that contains the images to be added 2 Select all the images you wish to add to the study for example by pressing and holding the CTRL key as you click each file Right click the selection and in the context menu select Copy Return to Tobii Studio Under the Design and Record tab rig
164. es above 1000 ms 146 14 Appendixes User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 300 Frequency 200ms Mean 252 56 me 500ms Mene 33086 Recorded view time offset Std Dev 6 36 41 Tobii Studio 3 1 a Duration offset 56ms 66ms ge 55 11 ms ge 52 62ms 200 ms average 500 ms average age a 52 50 1000 ms aver 5 3000 ms aver 1000ms 3000ms Frequen 1070 1080 3030 34 3050 3060 3070 3080 Reported time shown ms 14 1 4 Recommendations When designing an experiment it is always good practice to test both experimental procedure as well as the equipment you will be using to perform the tests If you are conducting eye tracking experiments that require high timing precision we strongly rec ommend testing your eye tracking setup with the stimuli you will be presenting as well as conducting a pilot test to assess the quality of the data Tobii Studio timing offsets can be reduced by following these recommendations Optimize your computer hardware by using Tobii recommend components For an overview of the configurations tested by Tobii Technology see the next table For a more detailed list of Tobii Eye Tracking Recommended components please read the system recommendations for Tobii Studio and TX series Eye Trackers The computer running Tobii Studio should have the least number of processes running in the background This means that you should disable or uninstall any unnecessary pro
165. es as numbers instead of text select the Values as Numbers check box When the option Values as Numbers is selected for the participant variables a table containing the numerical translation be tween the values and the numbers will be displayed above the table containing the data To change the cell format Click the Cell format button The Cell Format dialog box is displayed Set the number of decimals to be displayed by typing a number in the Number of Decimals field Set the decimal separator type the appropriate character in the Decimal Point field Set what to display if no value is available by typing the appropriate character in the No value field ao fF ON gt To specify how percentage values should be displayed click the Percentage drop down list button The available op tions in the drop down list are Percentages and Decimals Click Done when finished 9 3 1 6 Chart options Displays the AOI analyses in a chart Charts can be easily created and exported as image files or copied to the clipboard and pasted into a document Metric Fixation Duration v Rows Participant Groups Columns AOls per Media gt Media time Os to media end Olm catcutate by Mean show 7 Title x Legend v Point Values SetMaxValue 1 Fixation Duration Duration of each individual focations within an AOI or within all AOls belonging to an AO Group seconds Read Full Description
166. es data in the Tobii Glasses User Manual 5 8 Parallax Correction Tool The parallax correction tool is used in conjunction with Tobii Glasses When a participant looks at objects from different distan ces during a test some parallax will always occur when mapping this data to the scene camera video since the Glasses are on ly calibrated at a single distance and the scene camera is never in the exact same position as the eye Tobii Studio includes a Parallax Correction Tool This tool allows you to set the relative distance between whatever the participant was looking at and the Glasses and will calculate the correct gaze position on the scene video based on these settings When importing the De fault distance setting is always the calibrated distance of 1 meter To see the current distance settings and parallax corrections 1 After importing the appropriate Project and Recordings into Tobii Studio open the Replay tab in Tobii Studio From the Recordings list on the left hand side select the Recording you wish to work with 3 At the bottom of the window click the Glasses Tools button The Glasses Tools panel will expand between the timeline and the horizontal scroll bar In the Glasses Tools panel the Default Distance is stated which corresponds with the the white area in the adjacent timeline representation Individually corrected sections are indicated in gray with the appropriate distance noted To open the Parallax Correction Tool 1
167. es from the drop down list for the respective independent variables for information on independent variables please read 4 2 2 Creating independent variables 5 Click OK to add the participant and his her information to the participants list in the Manage Participants dialog box To generate an arbitrary list of participants no information besides name 1 In the Manage Participants dialog box under the Participants tab click Auto Generate 2 Now enter the number of participants you wish to generate and click OK 3 The participants are displayed in the participants list and are automatically named Pn x1 to Pn where n is the total number of participants and x is the number you generated You can add up to 500 participants at a time with this feature To edit an existing participant 1 Inthe participants list double click a participant or click the participant and then click Edit 2 You can change the participant name or the independent variable values in the Edit Existing Participant dialog box 3 Click OK to accept the changes 4 2 2 Creating independent variables Participant independent variables and values can be generated in two different ways in Tobii Studio e You can directly create the variable name and values in the Manage Participants dialog box e You can add a Questionnaire media element to the test and let the participant select the values In the latter case the variable name entered in the Question Setup is th
168. es you would like to include in the data export file e Output toolbar This is where you define the export data file properties such as file name and column order To export data from Tobii Studio you need to define 1 The data set What are the data sources Full recordings Segments or Media Read 70 7 Selecting the data set from which data is exported 2 Data types What types of data would you like to see in you exported file Read 10 2 Selecting the data types to be in cluded in the data export 3 Export data file properties How should the data export file be formatted and where should it be written read the follow ing sections User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 10 Exporting Data 117 e 10 3 Defining the column order of the data export output file e 10 4 Setting the number of data export output files e 10 5 Defining the data cell format of the data export output file e 10 6 Setting the file name of the data export output file 10 1 Selecting the data set from which data is exported To select the data set from which data is exported 1 To open the Data set dialog do one of the following e On the toolbar click the Select Data Set button e Inthe Data to export pane on the left click the Select Data Set button 2 Inthe Data set dialog click the data set category from which you want to export data e Full Recordings exports data from entire recordings Note When exporting Tobii Glasses recordings
169. esses and mouse clicks To add the element to the test 1 Drag the media element icon to the test workspace timeline indicated by the gray arrow in the user interface The me dia setup dialog box opens To name the Questionnaire element 1 The software uses Questionnaire Element as the default name You can change it by clicking in the Element Name field and replacing the name with a new one To create a Questionnaire element 1 Click the Add Question button to open the Question Setup dialog box In the Question field type the question you want the participant to see Add the multiple choices to the Answers section by selecting Create new or Use values from existing Independent Variable e After selecting the Create new radio button type the desired variable name Click the first row in the Answers list box twice so that the cursor blinks and type one of the answer texts Press ENTER and click the next row to add an other answer e After selecting Use values from an existing Independent Variable choose the variable from the Variable Name drop down list These variables are managed under the Independent Variables tab of Manage Participants but can be edited for the questionnaire 4 Change the order of the answers by selecting the answer to move and clicking the arrow button for the desired direction located to the right of the list 5 Click the Preview button to preview the question Click Close to save the questio
170. eueeess 111 10 11 12 9 4 22 Time from First Fixation to Next Mouse Click secondS ccccsecce se eeeeeuseeueeeueeeeeeus 113 9 4 23 Time from First Fixation to Next Mouse Click Across media Seconds ccccssseeeees 114 9 5 Copying tables and charts to the clipboard eee cece ee enneeee eee ee ee ee naan ee etna eeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaa 115 9 6 Table and chart exp rhisssscss inunan naaa aaveoouss Senudentb deed derthandectauiacseestiaanes 115 a cites ieira aceasta cee eae 117 10 1 Selecting the data set from which data is exported ssssssssrrrssssrrsrsssrrrrnsrrninnnnntnnnrnnnnnnnnnannnn 118 10 2 Selecting the data types to be included in the data export sssssssssssssssrrsrssrrrrresrrrnunrrrrnnsrrrrennns 118 10 3 Defining the column order of the data export output file sssesssssrssrrseerrssrrssrrresrrerrrnnrrnerrrerreeen 119 10 4 Setting the number of data export output files sssesssssssssssssrrrsrssrrnrsssrrnnanrnnnnannnnnnnnnnnannnnnannn 119 10 5 Defining the data cell format of the data export output file s ssssssssrrsssrrserrssrrrerrrerrrsrrrnerrrerreeen 119 10 6 Setting the file name of the data export output file eee eee cece nn cece eee ne ee eeeeaaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaen trees 119 10 7 Saving the data export output file 0 0 eee iaaea SANN EEANN ENa 120 10 8 Saving and Loading Data Export SettingS i ereeee eee ae ae eneens 120 10 9 Predefined data export settings s
171. export has completed When you click OK the folder containing the videos will be opened User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings 45 5 5 Creating scenes from dynamic content Unlike segments which are mainly used for exporting the recording scenes are primarily used to prepare the recording for the Visualization and Statistics tab Recordings need to first be divided into scenes in order to produce visualizations and to extract AOI statistics from media elements that display dynamic content i e movies screen recordings external video scene camera and web pages containing flash elements A scene contains two elements a static image set by the user that is used as the background for the visualizations and the gaze data from the section of the recording where the image was extracted After being created each scene will be available in the media list of the Visualization tab and in the media browser on the Statis tics tab 5 5 1 Creating scenes Scenes can be created directly in the timeline using the timeline marker to select the period of interest or generated from exist ing segments Creating scenes from segments is useful when using events to set the start and end points of the section of the recording covered by the scene To create a scene using the timeline marker 1 Select the recording you want to use to create the scene and make sure the Scenes pane is visible Drag the timeline marke
172. export the visualization image the gaze plots image or the animated visualization by clicking the Export button on the Visualizations header For detailed instructions please read 7 8 Exporting gaze plots heat maps and clusters 7 4 1 Customizing gaze plots You can change the appearance of the gaze plot to customize your image or to give emphasis to a specific part of the informa tion displayed on the fixation dots Most of these changes can be made in the Settings area on the right side of the screen To change the appearance of the gaze plot in the right side pane 1 Inthe Settings area from the Fixations dropdown list you can choose the size of the fixation dots e Duration the size of the fixation dots is proportional with the fixation duration e Same size all the dots have the same diameter 2 Drag the Scale slider to change the size of the gaze plot fixation points Each fixation point will be scaled according to its relative size 3 Inthe Appearance amp Style area choose the Border Color from the dropdown list e Default the default border color is the same as the gaze plot color meaning that the border is not visible by default e Custom Color click on the colored square next to it and choose the desired border color When the border is visi ble the first and the last fixation of a recording will display a thick line and fixations with dotted lines represent peri ods when continuous viewing of the media was
173. f data available for export You should consider using one of the predefined data export settings available through the Load Settings button on the Data Export toolbar These predefined data export settings are further described in section 4 9 To simplify navigation among the available data types the types are divided into groups By default all available data types are preselected for all groups A complete list of data types with descriptions is found in section 4 10 When the Data Export tool is opened all groups are collapsed To the right next to the arrow icons the number of selected data types and available types is shown e g 4 of 4 selected To select all data types in one group at the same time if they are not all selected can be done by ticking this tick box Selecting or deselecting individual data types for export is done by ticking the tick box next to the data type name To select the data types to be included in the data export 1 Click a group name or the drop down arrow to the right of the group row to see the data types available in a group 2 Select the checkboxes of the data types that you would like to include in the exported data Note To deselect all data types for a group deselect the topmost checkbox in the group Selecting it will select all data types for that group 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 for all relevant groups A complete list of data types with descriptions is found in section 4 10 118 10 Exp
174. f the participants displayed as two white dots in the track status box should be in the center of the box and the distance indicator should display a value between 50 and 80 cm depending on the eye tracker being used The color of the bar at the bottom of the track status box should be green 34 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US Calibration Start Calibration Instruct the participant to look at the calibration points as they move over the screen Click Start to initiate the calibration process The first calibration point appears on the screen The calibration will stop automatically when all calibration points have been shown oon When the calibration is finished the calibration results are displayed in two vector plots in the Calibration Result dialog box Problem Calibration pointmissing Problem Large errors in calibration Perfect calibration Solution Select andrecalibrate the Solution Check eye tracker setup missing point glasses and participant Make new calibration The calibration plot shows error vectors green lines the length of each green line indicates the difference between the gaze point calculated by the eye tracker and the actual dot position Recalibration of certain points should be made if the lines are long or if there are no lines at all at a certain point If the calibration was unsuccessful the calibration result Not Enough Calibration D
175. fore starting Tobii Studio for the data import for more detailed information please read the Tobii Glasses User Manual 1 2 3 Connect the Memory card reader to the computer If your computer has an integrated Memory card reader use that instead Turn the Recording Assistant off remove the memory card and insert it in the memory card reader Close any AutoPlay dialog boxes that appear on the computer screen To import the Tobii Glasses data into Tobii Studio 1 36 Start Tobii Studio In the Tobii Studio Project Library dialog box create a new Project and Test This will open Tobii Stu dio to the Design and Record view From Tobii Studio s menu bar click File and select Import Glasses data A dialog box opens now select the Computer folder and then double click on the Removable Disk icon labeled GLASSES corresponds to the memory card to open the memory card and view its contents When opening the Import Dialog again Tobii Studio will open the last selected folder 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 4 Double click on the Project folder Project_O to open it Then press the Open button to open the Tobii Glasses project project gpf This opens the Import dialog box Full path Computer gt GLASSES gt Project 0 gt project gpf 5 Select the Recordings and snapshot images you wish to import by checking or unchecking the respective check boxes or by pressing the Check Unc
176. grams that might be running in the background anti virus soft ware firewall software anti spyware software Skype or other chat communication programs Ideally use the computer only to run Tobii Studio tests and analysis It may help to disable or disconnect Bluetooth WLAN Wifi and network connectors and to remove CDs or DVDs from disk drives Use a direct connection between your computer and Tobii Eye Trackers For more information on how to connect the computer and Tobii Eye Trackers please read the section entitled Connecting Tobii Eye Tracker in your eye tracker user manual Use images and movies as stimuli using the recommended formats and codecs see table below Disable Live Viewer User Sound and User Image from the user camera Don t run your study at excessive screen resolutions Choose something reasonable for your purpose Higher resolutions take up precious video RAM and increase the time for clearing the frame buffer drawing your stimulus and for post processing operations Optimize Windows 7 or XP for better performance For more information visit http www microsoft com windowsxp us ing setup maintain improveperf mspx Make sure that the energy saving options of your computer do not slow down the processor and other subsystems to save power or battery life This is especially important for laptops running on battery power Running two displays simultaneously requires more video RAM and processor resources from
177. h the mouse LEFT ARROW Step back 1 video frame SHIFT LEFT ARROW Step back 1 second ALT LEFT ARROW Step back 5 seconds CTRL LEFT ARROW Step back 60 seconds RIGHT ARROW Step forward 1 videoframe SHIFT RIGHT ARROW Step forward 1 second ALT RIGHT ARROW Step forward 5 seconds CTRL RIGHT ARROW Step forward 60 seconds Dedicated keyboard replay buttons Media Play Pause button Toggle Play Pause video replay Media Stop button Pause video replay Media Previous track button Go to previous AOI Key frame Selected AOI Media Next track button Go to next AOI Keyframe Selected AOI User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 8 Creating and Managing Areas of Interest 85 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics The Tobii Studio Statistics tool is used to calculate and display eye and mouse tracking metrics descriptive statistics These metrics are calculated based on user defined Areas of Interest AOls and data selection time intervals The data that results from the analysis is displayed in the form of a table and or chart The Tobii Studio Statistics tool supports the creation of complex tables such as cross test tables composed of multiple media within a single project creation and export of multi metric tables and cross tabulation using participant independent variables or responses from questionnaires as filters to group participants The tool also support
178. he group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements 9 4 14 2 Brief description Number of visits within an AOI or an AOI group count 9 4 15 Visit Count zero count This metric is calculated in the same way as Visit Count with the exception that if at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated on the AOI the Visit Count value will be registered as zero and the recording will be included in the descriptive statis tics calculations e g when computing N and means 9 4 15 1 Brief description Number of visits within an AOI or an AOI group count 9 4 16 Percentage Fixated This metric measures the number of recordings in which participants have fixated at least once within an AOI or AOI group and expresses it as a fraction of the total number of recordings It is calculated by dividing the total number of recordings in which participants have fixated within the AOI by the total number of recordings in the test 9 4 16 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate
179. he AOls on the media 1 To open the media shortcut menu right click with the mouse on the media 2 Inthe media shortcut menu click Export Image to open the Save As dialog 3 Locate an appropriate folder then enter a file name and click Save 8 15 Managing AOI groups All created AOls have their own identity This means that AOls carrying the same name will still be treated as individual AOls even if they are associated with the same media element To aggregate data from different AOls AOls must be grouped AOI groups can group AOls within a single media as well as across multiple media and across tests An AOI group is treated as a single AOI in the Statistics view of Tobii Studio The grouped AOls can be seen as a single AOI shown in different media and at different times To display AOI group labels on AOls 1 On the toolbar click the Show drop down menu button 2 Inthe drop down menu click Show AOI Groups Names To create an AOI group 1 Select the AOls that you want to include in the AOI group that you are about to create Under the toolbar click AOI Groups the AOI groups dialog opens In the AOI groups dialog click New Group To change the name of the AOI group double click its name and enter a new name a fF ODN To change the AOI group indicator color click the colored rectangle next to the AOI group name pick a new color and click OK 6 To add the selected AOls to the created AOI group tick the AOI group check b
180. he Description column and type the name of the event On the Shortcut drop down list select the keyboard key you want to use to log the event a fF ON Select Quick Logging if you want to prevent the log message dialog box from appearing when you click the key in the Replay tab The New Log Message dialog box allows you to type a comment that will be associated to that specific event or to se lect another event if you pressed the wrong key The comment will be displayed in the Text column of the Events list 6 Double click the respective color to open a color palette and choose the color of the bookmark that is placed on the timeline 7 Repeat steps 3 6 until you have created all your events Then click OK 8 Click the Replay tab select the recording you would like to playback and start logging the events You can also use manually logged Events to create segments to help select portions of the recordings that can be used to cre ate movies or scenes In order to accomplish this you need to create an event that bookmarks the start of the segment e g Smiling Start and another to bookmark the end of the segment e g Smiling Stop You can then go through your recordings and bookmark the periods where the participants smiled and use the automatic segmentation tool to create segments using those two bookmarks To edit a manually logged event 1 Right click the event in the Events list Select Edit Log entry 3 Inthe Edit Log Mess
181. he eye movement activity during the three behaviors You can also manually log events which can be useful when creating segments Segments can be used to create movies or scenes and the Events list can be filtered to only show specific events in the list and in the timeline With the Tobii TX300 Eye Tracker Tobii TX300 Firmware 1 1 or later it is possible to connect external devices to the sync port on the eye tracker such as a light sensor connected to the Cedrus StimTracker for Tobii TX300 The devices can then produce binary trigger events that will appear in data coming from the eye tracker as well as in Tobii Studio A binary signal can have one of two states i e On or Off The events appearing in the timeline and in the Event list indicate when the signal from the external device changes When the signal changes from off to on the event EventMarkerOn will appear on the timeline and in the Events list and when the signal changes from on to off the event EventMarkerOff will appear 5 3 1 Logging events In addition to the automatic logging of events events can be logged manually on the Replay tab in Tobii Studio However before events can be manually logged a coding scheme must be defined i e you need to create a set of user defined events and as sociate each event to a specific key on your keyboard To define a coding scheme 1 Open the Design and Record tab Click the Setup button and select Coding Scheme Click a row in t
182. he sequence 1 n n 1 n 2 n 3 n i alternates with the sequence 2 3 4 5 i For example with n 4 media elements the first sequence of the Latin Square is Recording 1 1 2 4 3 each number represents a media element 28 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US Since the number of media elements is even n 4 then the number of sequences needed is equal to x 4 The remaining se quences are obtained by adding 1 to each value in the previous sequence In this example if the value is 4 in the first sequence the next sequence will have the value of 1 In this example we thus obtain the following sequences 4 x 4 Square Recording 1 1243 Recording 2 2314 Recording 3 3421 Recording 4 4132 We see that in this Latin Square media element 1 follows immediately after media elements 2 3 and 4 one time each Similarly media element 2 immediately follows media elements 1 3 and 4 one time each media element 3 immediately follows media el ements 1 2 and 4 one time each and media element 4 immediately follows media elements 1 2 and 3 one time each If the number of media elements is odd we need to create twice as many sequences as media elements x 2n in order to present the media in all possible positions We first start by following the same equation as when the number of media ele ments is even and go through the n sequences When this is done we reverse th
183. he test participant doesn t move his her gaze at the sound of the space bar press To change the Manual calibration settings 1 Click the Foreground Color drop down list and select the color for the lines forming the calibration cross 2 Select Show manual calibration instructions to view the calibration instructions before the calibration procedure begins Uncheck the check box to hide the instructions Set Number of calibration points to 2 5 or 9 points Click the Background Color list and select the color for the calibration background screen Click Configure to adjust the area of the screen that will be used when performing calibrations This may provide a more accurate calibration if you are planning to use a small area of the screen to show the stimulus Click Restore default to reset the respective calibration settings to the default value Manual calibration is an operator paced calibration procedure with special graphics during the calibration procedure The num ber of calibration points and their locations are by default the same as for Regular calibration but instead of a pulsating dot two lines create an intersection that is used as the calibration point When the space bar is pressed the lines change color while calibration is performed and the lines move to the next calibration point When the participant has looked at all points the calibration results will be shown If the calibration went well click Accept and the Re
184. heck All button located below the list to select or deselect all the recordings 6 Import Data Into Select if you wish to import the recordings into an Existing test or a New test Select the option Existing and use the drop down list to choose an existing test or select New test and enter a test name in the text box 7 To correct for parallax offset Click the Settings button to set the Average Distance between the glasses and the target being viewed This distance is used for calculating and mapping the gaze data accurately on the scene camera video The selected setting will be applied to all selected Sessions on import 8 The Participant Name Prefix feature allows you to add a prefix to the Participant Name during import of recordings from the Tobii Glasses Sessions created on the Recording Assistant are normally converted into Recordings with a Partici pant Name that corresponds to the Session number on the Recording Assistant e g Session 01 becomes Record ing Rec 01 Participant P001 Each SD card used in the Recording Assistant will start the naming of Sessions in the same order Session 1 2 3 etc If multiple SD cards are used during a test there is a risk that the imported Ses sions will be saved as multiple recordings with the same Participant Name in Tobii Studio If different recordings have the same Participant Name it will be impossible to filter the data based on participants or Independent Variables such as age or gende
185. hese values represent typical values for a full transition of a pixel from black white black Test results for the offset of the start time of the stimulus display display connector graphics card and type of computer Dell Precision T5400 desktop M6300 and M6400 laptop Stimulus Display Card Computer Eye tracker Windows OS Offset ms connector meants d Single image DVI Nvidia T5400 T120 XP 1945 DVI ATl T5400 T120 XP 155 VGA Nvidia M6300 T60 XP 4347 DVI Nvidia M6300 T60 XP 39 4 DVI Nvidia M6400 T60 4346 Single video DVI Nvidia T5400 T120 XP 2545 DVI ATl T5400 T120 XP 305 VGA Nvidia M6300 T60 XP 38347 DVI Nvidia M6300 T60 XP 359 Graphics card Nvidia NVidia Quadro FX570 256MB T5400 NVIDIA Quadro FX 1600M 256MB M6300 NVIDIA Quad ro FX 2700M Graphics with 512MB M6400 ATI ATI FireGL V3300 128MB Windows Vista appearance settings opti mized for better performance In addition to the stimuli display offsets you can also encounter video and sound capture offsets that are caused by the latency between image recording or capture e g at image sensor exposure when using a camera and the Tobii Studio timestamps Shows the different configurations of computer hardware operative system and stimulus that have been used to test the stimulus display start timing and duration offset Computer Dell T5500 Workstation Dell M6600 Mobile Workstation OS Wind
186. his user manual Please read the release notes before installing the new version of Tobii Studio Click the Download link and in the Download dialog box and then click Save file to start downloading the installation file for the new version of Tobii Studio When the download is complete browse to the folder where the installation file was downloaded and double click on the installation file Follow the on screen prompts and instructions to complete the installation Tobii Studio upgrades improve program performance and the feature set They also fix bugs resolve connection and timing issues and improve compatibility with new operating systems Check for updates on a regular basis Upgrades may have an impact on the eye tracking data If you are in the middle of performing a recording an upgrade is not recommended User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 2 Installing and Updating Tobii Studio 7 3 Managing Tobii Studio Projects Tobii Studio organizes and stores information on three hierarchical levels Projects Tests and Recordings The top most level is the Tobii Studio Project This level contains participant data and one or more tests Each test created within a project contains one or more media elements the stimuli which are organized into a single linear timeline and recordings Charts E Recording 1 Recording 1 Recording 1 Recording 2 Recording 2 Recording 2 Recording 3 Recording 3 Recording 3
187. hm that produces a notification whenever it detects a change in the mean we are able to group the data into separate fixations When this is done we can estimate the spatial position of each individual fixation based on the informa tion contained within its timeframe Before the fixation algorithm is applied to the data the system goes through the recording data and identifies sections with missing data The filter then interpolates the missing data for sections that have a duration below 100 ms 6 7 data points at 60Hz and breaks the recording data set into subsets when the sections are larger than 100ms The following steps are then applied to each data subset independently First a feature dif is calculated as the vector difference between two data point windows located before and after the current gaze data point Each window has a fixed number of r gaze data points and the difference is calculated using the average X and Y coordinates of these points Once dif has been calculated for all the data points in the recording we then identify peak values i e the d values that are greater than both of its two closest neighbors Next we go through the list of peaks once more and remove all the peaks that are smaller than the highest peak within a window of radius r The peaks are then added to a list under the condition that they are at least as great as a user defined threshold h Velocity Threshold The fact that the threshold is determine
188. ht click the timeline and select Paste 5 Inthe Add Multiple Images dialog box there is a list of the file names You can preview each file by clicking the file name You can also add or remove files from this screen by clicking the Add or Remove buttons 6 Change the order of the files by selecting the file and clicking the arrow button for the desired direction located to the right of the list 7 Set the viewing properties in the Properties box 8 Select Randomize Images if you wish to present the images in a counterbalanced order 9 Click OK to add the images to the test For information on accuracy of the image presentation in Tobii Studio please read 14 1 Appendix A Tobii Studio critical tim ing information 14 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US ee Movie A Movie element is a media element that is used to present video files to participants during a recording During the presenta tion videos are shown in actual size and key presses and mouse clicks are also recorded To add the element to the test 1 Drag the media element icon to the test workspace timeline indicated by the gray arrow in the user interface The me dia setup dialog box opens To name the Movie element 1 The software uses the video file name minus the extension once the file is added to the element You can change the el ement name by clicking in the Element Name field and replacing it by a new n
189. ia time of the me dia containing the AOI until the participant clicked the active AOI Recording time of media not containing the AOI is ex cluded from the calculations i The activation state active inactive of the AOI does not affect the counting starting point Even if the AOI is inac tive time will be started and measured If at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated and clicked on the AOI the Time from First Fixation to First Mouse Click value will not be computed and that recording will thus not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N Li When browsing a website or PDF document each visited web URL and PDF page will become a unique media element 1 If the Web Groups tool is used to group two or more URLs the group and not the URL will become a unique media element Time from First Fixation to Next Mouse Click Measured in sec cars N gt f Y AA Aa A oY J DOA OG amp User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 113 9 4 29 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N
190. icates that the RTA record ing mode is active The duration of the recording is shown at the upper right Retrospective Think Aloud 0 min 22sec Stop RTA 8 During RTA recording you can use the playback controls to move through the original recording Use other features in Tobii Studio such as the Visualization tab to display gaze plots and heat maps and any Windows application Tobii Stu dio must be minimized 9 You can click the Full Screen button or right click the recording screen and select Fullscreen to show the original re cording in fullscreen mode In this case use the fullscreen controls to control the playback 10 Click the Stop button on the right side of the gray RTA bar to stop the recording or press the ESC or F10 key on the keyboard Please note that if you use the Esc key to exit full screen this will also stop the recording 11 The RTA recording will then be available in the recordings list in the Recordings pane Use the playback controls to view the RTA recording RTA recordings can be edited and exported just like normal studio recordings However since no gaze data is collected during the RTA recording you will not be able to use these recordings to create visualizations 5 3 Managing and logging events Events such as the image element s display time and mouse clicks are automatically registered in Tobii Studio s database and displayed in the Events list of the Recordings pane These events ar
191. ideo may be degraded Make sure you use a high perform ance computer Since the stimulus that is being eye tracked is a physical object the calibration points need to be displayed on a separate cali bration grid The calibration grid must have the same shape as the calibration pattern used in Tobii Studio and include either five or nine dots The calibration dots can be drawn on a paper marked on a calibration board or on the object itself It is also good to include a 25 larger active display area around the grid to make it easier to measure the parameters required in the X Series Configuration Tool for details please read the Tobii X Series Eye Tracker User Manuals Make sure that the corners of the calibration grid are exactly 90 degrees and that the center point is exactly in the middle of the grid How to calcu late the 25 larger active display area which needs to be added in the X Series Configuration Tool is described in the figure below 20 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US i All values in the X Series Configuration Tool must be measured and added correctly to ensure data accuracy see the Tobii X Series Eye Tracker User Manual for more information To access the X Series Eye Trackers Configuration Tool in Tobii Studio 1 Click the Tools menu and select Settings 2 Inthe Global Settings dialog box click the Eye Tracker tab select the eye tracker from the list and click the
192. ighest ID IRMarkerCount The number of IR Markers detected in the current sample Count 130 10 Exporting Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US Gaze tracking data Description Format Reference system ValidityLeft Indicates the confidence level that the left 0 1 2 3 4 eye has been correctly identified The val ues range from 0 high confidence to 4 eye not found ValidityRight Indicates the confidence level that the 0 1 2 3 4 right eye has been correctly identified The values range from 0 high confidence to 4 eye not found 10 10 9 1 ValidityLeft Right The validity code is an estimate of how certain the eye tracker is that the data given for an eye really originates from that eye The validity code scale starts at 0 which signifies eye certainly found and stops at 4 which signifies eye not found The validity codes can only appear in certain combinations These combinations and their interpretations are summarized in the following table Right Validity Code 0 1 2 3 4 O Found two eyes N A N A N A Found one eye Most probably the left eye 1 N A N A N A Found one eye N A Probably the left 3 eye 2 2 N A N A Found one eye The N A N A ke tracker cannot with J any certainty deter mine which eye it is 3 N A Found one eye N A N A N A Probably the right eye 4 Found one eye Most N A N A N A No eyes found pr
193. ii Studio integrates different types of media for analysis The different media elements can also be referred to as stimuli 12 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US Media element types stimuli e Instruction Text elements that can be used to display instructions or describe tasks to the participant Image Presents a picture or a graphic element i e BMP GIF JPG JPEG TIF TIFF PNG Movie Presents video in AVI WMV or ASF format only formats accepted e Web Websites added by entering the URL or web address of the website viewed in Microsoft Internet Explorer browser e Screen Rec Used to record stimuli that are presented by an external software application or the software itself and shown on the local screen External Video Records the video output of software games or a program running on an external device e g a second computer or TV Requires a video capture card installed on the computer running Tobii Studio It records the video on any external source such as a video capture card or camera This media element cannot be used together with other el ements on the same timeline e Scene Camera Used to analyze how people observe and interact with physical objects or external scenes The scene or object is recorded by Tobii Studio through an external camera This media element cannot be used together with oth er elements on the same timeline e Questionnaire Allows
194. image files or animated visualizations Each of the Visualization types Gaze Plot Heat Map or Clusters is a dynamic representation of the gathered data for the se lected recordings on top of a selected media and can be replayed by simply clicking the Play button on the timeline Several recording sessions from multiple test participants can be summarized in a single gaze data visualization helping to draw conclusions and new hypotheses from the behavior of a group of participants Effective tools for multi person analysis with an option to further filter the participants of a group into categories and also the option of selecting groups of segments created out of multiple recordings for further analysis Visualizations also help to illustrate and communicate your results in research papers reports and customer or conference presentations Some visualizations are only available if you have purchased a specific Tobii Studio version Please read the 7 Introduction of this manual to see which visualizations are included in your Tobii Studio license If you wish to activate a visualization tool you will need to upgrade to a license of Tobii Studio that includes the tool Pec CSA Visualizations Areas of Interest Statistics Data Export Web Groups Ret av Rec 20 P20 Rec20RTA HEATMAP ScreenRec P23 Rec23 E SoreenRec P23 Rec23 f a Preset Default ScreenRec P23 Rec 23 FPS 2147483648 ScreenRec P23 Rec23 SETTINGS ScreenRec P
195. imum independent of the other heat maps being exported exports with default values e Use current setting for all media set the value of all exported heat maps the same as the value of the current heat map value can only be changed and viewed prior to clicking Batch Export Specify if you want to batch export visualizations based on different Participant Groups and or Segment Groups by se lecting the corresponding checkbox Tobii Studio exports one visualization for each selected group Click the File Options button and set if you want to have prefixes automatically added to the filenames and if you want sub folders to be created automatically for each Project Test or selected Media Click the Export button to choose the location for the exported files and click OK The export operation will be performed and a notification box appears allowing you to Open the output folder Copying Visualization Images to Clipboard The Copy button on the Visualizations tab allows you to copy to clipboard the following 76 Visualization Image an image of the current media background together with the selected visualization heat map gaze plot or cluster as an overlay Visualization Layer Image an image of the current selected visualization heat map gaze plot or cluster on a transpar ent background Recording Segment Duration a list of the currently selected Recordings Segments and their corresponding durations 7 Visualizi
196. in the system select Replace Sequences already used in recordings will still be available in the Data Export but not available for making new recordings If you want to add new sequences to the already imported sequences select Add The new sequences will be added after the old ones 8 Tobii Studio will now import the sequences defined in the file you have selected If any issues with the file or the sequen ces within it is detected during import you will get information about this in a dialogue window The issues can either be severe enough for the import not to be able to complete or of a kind that the import procedure itself can amend It is pos sible to save a text file describing the issues which can help you address them before you try to import the file again 9 Once the import is completed you will get a notification telling you how many sequences were imported successfully and how many sequences are currently available for use when making new recordings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 27 4 1 5 Counterbalancing the presentation order of media elements When Counterbalance mode is selected it is possible to use counterbalancing for all or some elements on the timeline via the Right click menu If the mode is deselected the element settings will be remembered until the next time this mode is selected This option can be used if there are two or more elements on the timeline
197. interrupted An interruption can take place when for example the eye tracker loses track of the eyes e g the participant looked away from the screen or when the participant leaves and returns to the same media element after viewing another media element in between 4 Choose the Fill Color e Recording Colors the gaze plots will have the color of the recording that they belong to e Same Color all the gaze plots will be of the same color that you can choose by clicking on the color square next to the dropdown list 5 Check uncheck the Gaze Order checkbox to display hide the fixation order number of the fixation dots Check uncheck the Gaze Trail checkbox to display hide Drag the Opacity slider to change the fixation dot opacity You can save a custom configuration of all the settings described above in order to use it at a later time without having to set each parameter manually again To save the customized settings 1 Select the parameter values as desired according to the steps described above In the right side panel from the Preset dropdown list slect Save New Preset A dialog opens Type in the name for the new set of customized settings and click Save You will be able to see the new name under the Preset dropdown list and you will be able to load it directly by selecting it To load a predefined set of parameters 1 From the Preset dropdown list in the right side panel click to select the desired set of parameters
198. iptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element If participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of Recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls included in all media elements 9 4 4 2 Brief description Number of times the participant fixates on the media before fixating on an AOI or AOI group for the first time count User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 99 9 4 4 3 Aligning the metric starting time with the AOls active starting point in time To start counting at the same time an AOI becomes active 1 Inthe Areas of Interest tab move the Time indicator slider to th
199. irst time The time measurement starts when the media containing the AOI is first displayed For AOI groups the time measure ment starts when a media containing an AOI member of the group is first displayed Time measurement stops when the partici pant left clicks on the AOI if the AOI is active For AOI groups the time measurement stops when the participant left clicks on any of the active AOls belonging to the group If during the recording media containing the same AOI is displayed several times with media not containing the AOI in be tween Time to First Mouse Click Across media will be the sum of all recorded media time until the participant clicked the ac tive AOI Recording time for Media not containing the AOI is included in the calculations i The activation state active inactive of the AOI does not affect the counting starting point Even if the AOI is inac tive time will be started and measured If at the end of the recording the participant has not clicked on the AOI the Time to First Mouse Click value will not be com puted and that recording will thus not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 111 When browsing a website or PDF document each visited web URL and PDF page will become a unique media element 1 If the Web Groups tool is used to group two or more URLs the group and not
200. is 83 8 16 Shortcut commands in the Areas of Interest toOl ccc cece eens eeeee cena ee eee cena eeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaaeeeetaaaneeees 84 Galculating eye Tr INNS metes and STA TBS srian a eaa 86 9 1 Choosing media for the analysis sssssessesesssrrrrrrerreusssrrrrerrrerrusesrnnrretreeesssrsnntrreeresessesrrerreeee 87 9 2 e eke e AT E AE T E a T 88 9 2 1 GhOOSING TECOFGINGS isise itos aiie aae ve na a suis EEE EE Ea a D Ea Aae ieii 88 9 2 2 Selecting Areas of Interest iissa riara iaia rasini inii aaia 89 9 3 Building Statistics tables and Charts sisirin earn EEEE NEE 90 9 3 1 Configuring tables and Charts 0 0 0 niiieeeeea en aneaaee 90 9 3 2 Update and Zom Options asinina iaia sane sare ciadyioa aiT aE eE 95 9 4 Eye tracking Metric AenintlOns lt 2 c cccetessscedeccssaFeccetssatednetsacteccetssscadtessesecntedsssecntteensenntiasenecad 95 9 4 1 DESGHPtIVE statisties aeniea iere aa EEE EEEE EEN EEEE EEA 96 9 4 2 Time to First Fixation secondS sssssssssssessrerrsurrnnnrrrnrensrnnsnnusnnnnnnnnnnrnnntennnennnennnns 96 9 4 3 Time to First Fixation Across Media cccccecccsseeeecceeseeecccsusueeseeuuuueeseeuauaueeeuuaaeueeeas 97 9 4 4 Fixations Before COUNT ii cocisagiescecuadenacscgealaadednet odees ice E Eri aani 99 9 4 5 First Fixation Duration S CONGS Sireci deiarna aa a a 100 9 4 6 Fixation Duration secondS sssssssssssrssssrnssnnssnnsnnrrnnrnnntennnenanonnnnnnnnnutnnnnnennnennenenn 101 9 4 7 Total Fixation Dur
201. isplay is the amount of time that it takes for a pixel to change color and or brightness when the image ar rives at the display Typically this interval varies with the degree and order of the change For example the time it takes for a pixel to change from white to black is different compared to when it changes from black to white 140 12 General Settings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US For further information related to the timing performances please refer to section 7 Tobii Studio Critical Timing Performance of the Tobii Studio 3 1 Release Notes document that can be found on the Tobii website at www tobii com under the Support amp Downloads section To choose the image presentation mode 1 Choose one of the options in the mage timing adjustment section according to the description below please note that the timing accuracy settings have tooltips for more information e Optimal this is the default setting and it is using the same image presentation process as in Tobii Studio 3 1 0 This option gives you the following results in terms of presentation timing accuracy e typical timing results lt 10ms when using a system that meets the requirements displayed in the tooltip e typical timing results lt 50ms when using a system that meets the requirements in the Tobii System Recommenda tions document that can be found on the Tobii website at http www tobii com under the Support amp Downloads section You
202. isualization header and select Batch Export Visualization Images The Batch Export Visu alization Images opens 2 Select from the Export Scope dropdown list one of the following e Only current selected media e All static media in current test e All static media in current project 3 Select the Image Format JPEG or PNG User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data 75 Select if you want to Export only the Visualization Layer This option is available only if you have selected PNG as image format at previous step Choose from the Scale Max Value dropdown list the maximum value used for the color mapping by choosing between two different options only for Heat Maps e Recalculate for each media set the maximum independent of the other heat maps being exported exports with default values e Use current setting for all media set the value of all exported heat maps the same as the value of the current heat map value can only be changed and viewed prior to clicking Batch Export Select the time interval for the export from the Time Selection dropdown list e Use current time selection for all media to export the visualization using the interval determined by the timeline markers in the visualization pane e Use total duration of each media to include all the possible data for the media element Specify if you want to batch export visualizations based on different Participant Groups
203. it will either change an existing Keyframe or create a new Keyframe if the shape that is ro tated is in between Keyframes i For dynamic AOls the vertices of the AOI shapes will interpolate move linearly from Keyframe to Keyframe Transfor mations such as rotation will therefore have an effect on the AOI size To minimize these effects create numerous Keyframes by rotating the AOI shape in small steps 1 Make sure the AOI you want to rotate is visible if not read section Showing Hiding AOls On the toolbar select the Select Move AOK s tool 3 Click the AOI that you want to rotate The AOI then lights up and shows a rectangle around it with a rotation handle sticking out 4 Drag the rotation handle in the direction that you want to rotate the AOI Note To constrain the rotation to 45 degree an gles press and hold SHIFT while you drag the rotation handle 8 8 Adding and deleting AOI Keyframes Adding and deleting AOI Keyframes is only possible for AOls on dynamic media To manually add a Keyframe Keyframes are automatically added whenever you make a change to an AOI shape in between keyframes 1 Select the appropriate AOI by clicking either the AOI shape or the name in the Areas of Interest pane 2 Use the time indicator slider and or the media replay controls to find the point in time where you want to add the Keyframe 80 8 Creating and Managing Areas of Interest User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 3 T
204. ithout selecting a media item 9 2 Selecting data The Data Selection pane allows you to select the recordings AOls or AOI groups you want to include or exclude from the analy sis For example you can select a subset of the recordings for analysis by using filters based on participant independent varia bles or based on segment groups for information on segment groups please read 5 4 3 Grouping Segments The Data Selection pane is divided into two distinct sections the Recordings and Areas of Interest list boxes 9 2 1 Choosing recordings The Recordings list is located on the Data Selection panel and displays all the recordings associated with the selected media The list can be used to select the recordings that will be included in the analysis Each recording is displayed as a row and con tains the following information e Name ID of the recording e Date Shows the time and date when the recording was performed e Duration The duration of the recording in seconds e Color The color used to identify the recording on the timeline and in the visualizations on the Visualization tab e Samples The quality of the recording is calculated using the number of eye tracking samples that were correctly identi fied 100 means that both eyes were found throughout the recording 50 that one eye was found for the full record ing or both eyes during half the time Note that the eyes cannot be found when a person is looking away from the screen
205. ity located above the threshold is treated as a saccade point and discarded This fixation filter also allows you to set a minimum fixation duration i e fixations with a 56 6 Defining fixations User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US duration below the Duration Threshold value will be discarded from the analysis This feature can be used for example to dis card involuntary fixations from your data set based on a duration threshold The location of the fixation point is determined by using the mean of the X and Y coordinates of the raw gaze data points belong ing to the same fixation The timestamp of the fixation is taken from the first sample included in the fixation and the duration is measured from the elapsed time between the first and last sample included in the fixation The basic idea behind these algorithms is that if we know the eye tracker sample rate and measure the distance between neigh boring gaze data points we can calculate changes in the eye movement velocity for all eye movement samples During this process the raw data points are assigned to the same fixation if the velocity remains below a certain threshold or to a new fixa tion when it rises above this threshold The location of the fixation is then determined by finding the median or mean of the X and Y coordinates from the raw data points belonging to the same fixation The I VT ClearView uses a velocity threshold unit that is based in pixels instead of deg s
206. k Activate License Automatic If an error occurs a message will appear stating that you were not able to activate Tobii Studio Click the Yes button to continue to the manual activation or click No to activate automatically at a later stage To activate the license key manually 1 Start Tobii Studio In the License Data dialog box click the Activate Later button A dialog box opens informing you that Your Tobii Studio software must be activated in 5 1 days 2 Create a new project or open an existing project for details read3 1 Creating a new project and 3 2 Opening an exist ing project 3 Open the Help menu on Tobii Studio s main menu and click Activate License Manual to open the Manual activation dialog box 4 Inthe Manual Activation Information box you can find the information needed to activate your license You can save that information in a text file by clicking the Save as file button 5 You can then choose between three methods to activate your license e Open your web browser and go to the activation page http StudioHelp tobii org Activate if possible on a different computer and enter the license key machine ID and organization information in the designated fields on the page and click Activate e Send an e mail to support tobii com The e mail should contain the company name license key and machine ID eye tracker ID all this information is provided in the pop up mentioned at step 4 e Call T
207. ks with the mouse on an AOI or AOI group for the first time The time measurement starts when the media containing the AOI is first displayed and it stops when the participant clicks on the same AOI When using AOI groups the time measurement stops when the participant clicks on any of the AOls belong ing to the group If during the recording the same media is displayed several times with other media in between the reported time will be the sum of the each time the media containing the AOI was viewed until the participant clicks on the AOI the other media view times are excluded from the calculations Gi The activation state active inactive of the AOI does not affect the counting starting point Even if the AOI is inac tive time will be started and measured If at the end of the recording the participant has not clicked on the AOI the Time to First Mouse Click value will not be com puted and that recording will thus not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N i When browsing a website or PDF document each visited web URL and PDF page will become a unique media element 1 If the Web Groups tool is used to group two or more URLs the group and not the URL will become a unique media element 9 4 20 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recording
208. l be summarized and shown on 60 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US one frame The background image page is specified by selecting the image page and clicking the Set As Group Im age button e Name Pages with the same name are grouped pages with different URLs can have the same name e Content ID Pages with the same URL or name might have different content IDs Selecting this grouping option will group pages that have the same ID i e that have the same content look and URL e Manual The frames have to be grouped manually 2 To confirm whether the grouping is valid click two different web frames one in each list belonging to the same group and compare the preview image If necessary repeat this procedure for all frames and all the groups If frames are mis placed and the grouping thus has a strong impact in the quality of your analysis use another grouping criterion 3 Set the web group background image by clicking the web frame to select it and clicking the Set As Group Image button 4 By default the name of the group is the same as the frame that is used as a background image Double click the group row and type a new name for the group if you wish to change it 5 Click OK to accept the changes and wait while Tobii Studio saves the changes 6 Each group is displayed in the media list as a single media item Tolle Manual Grouping If for some reason the frames are constantly
209. libration plane 10 10 1 2 Active Display Coordinate System millimeters ADCSmm Data types with the extension ADCSmm provide data mapped into a 3D coordinate system aligned with the Active Display Area When using a T series eye tracker the Active Display Area is the screen area For X series eye trackers the Active Display Area is the display area entered in the X configuration tool please consult the eye tracker s user manual for further information The origin of the Active Display Coordinate System millimeter ADCSmm is at the bottom left corner of the Active Display Area as illustrated in figure below For Tobii Glasses recordings data types using this coordinate system will not provide any data eee eee 1 I I Active Display Coordinate System millimeters Eye Gaze vector Gaze point xi yi 0 Eye position xi yi zi Media sy 1 1 Active Display Area 1 w i I Calibration plane Media Coordinate System pixels MCSpx 10 19 13 Data types with the extension MCSpx provide data mapped into a 2D coordinate system aligned with the media The origin of the coordinate system is at the top left of the media shown to the participant being eye tracked If a scene camera or external video is used as stimuli the origin will be at the top left of the captured video For Tobii Glasses recordings the origin is at the top left of the scene camera video
210. line can be rescaled to show shorter time intervals This can be useful when creating segments from a long recording or when it is important to be able to advance the replay slowly It is also useful for separating events that happened close in time Zoom in and out on the timeline by moving the pointer to the edge of the scroll bar which is located just below the replay time line When the pointer becomes a double headed arrow read the figure below drag the bar towards the left for a more de tailed timeline or towards the right for a better overview User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings 39 ji 00 00 00 000 i L wo tour a d gi z i uw i cs Segments Scenes Settings Recording Rec OL length 00 00 16 831 participant P01 i The playback speed can be changed to show the recording replay at a slower or faster pace The playback speed bar is in the lower left corner of the Replay pane The speed is represented by the silhouettes of a hare and a tortoise for fast and slow Change the playback speed by dragging the marker on the speed bar towards the hare to increase the speed or towards the tortoise to decrease the speed The middle line represents the original recording speed 5 1 3 Customizing the view of the Replay tab To provide a greater flexibility of analysis the various panes and toolbars in the Replay view Recordings Events User Cam Segment
211. ll always be transmitted as long as it is enabled in the Global settings of Tobii Studio For the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer to be able to re ceive and display video from the user camera the Record User Camera setting must be enabled in the Global settings of Tobii Studio To turn on or off the User camera display in Tobii Studio Remote Viewer do one of the following e On the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer toolbar in the View drop down menu click User Camera e Inthe View menu click User Camera e While the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer application window is active press CTRL U on the keyboard 11 6 Changing the appearance of the User Camera display To move the User Camera display window User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 11 Tobii Studio Remote Viewer 133 e Drag the User Camera display window to its new position To change the size of the User Camera display window e Drag the User Camera display window corner to resize the display window To change the opacity of the User Camera display 1 Position the mouse on the User Camera display window the Opacity control slider appears at the bottom of the User Camera display window 2 On the Opacity control slider drag the slider handle to change the opacity of the User Camera display 11 7 Turning on and off the Gaze overlay To turn the Gaze overlay in Tobii Studio Remote Viewer on or off do one of the following e On the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer toolbar in the View d
212. logical 3D eye model to cal culate gaze data This model includes information about shapes light refraction and reflection properties of the different parts of the eyes e g cornea and placement of the fovea During calibration the user is asked to look at specific points on the screen also known as calibration dots while several images of the eyes are collected and analyzed The resulting information is then in tegrated with the eye model and the gaze point for each image sample is calculated The default calibration process in Tobii Studio consists of a presentation of five calibration dots on a plain colored background The dots are presented successively and the participant must focus his or her visual attention on the center of the dots You can customize various features of the calibration procedure such as changing the number and color of the dots the background col or and the type of calibration stimuli and you can also perform the calibration manually To access the calibration settings 1 Click the Setup icon in the Design and Record tab 2 Select Settings 3 Inthe Global Settings dialog box click the Calibration tab 4 Now select a calibration type You can choose between Regular Manual or Infant calibration 4 3 1 1 Regular calibration Regular calibration is the default calibration in Tobii Studio Other than a few specific situations Regular calibration should be used as the standard type of calibration procedure The
213. ls For example a 35 pixel setting will correspond to 35 16 6x5 0 42 pixels ms threshold on a 60 Hz eye tracker while on a 300 Hz eye tracker the threshold will be 35 3 3x5 2 12 pixels ms Due to the initial missing data interpolation if there is no significant change in the position of the gaze data points before and after 100 ms of the missing gaze data the fixation will remain intact i e one single fixation However if the consecutive missing gaze points together account for more than 100 ms 6 7 data points at 60 Hz of missing data the fixation is split into two sepa rate fixations irrespective of its location For more details and pseudo code read the Appendix of Olsson 2007 Master Thesis P Olsson 2007 Real time and offline filters for eye tracking Msc thesis KTH Royal Institute of Technology April 2007 6 3 ClearView Fixation Filter The ClearView fixation algorithm is based on the I VT Velocity Threshold Identification fixation filter outlined by Salvucci and Goldberg 2000 The velocity feature is calculated by measuring the distance between two adjacent data points Each point is then labeled as a fixation if the velocity is below a certain threshold Otherwise it is labelled as a saccade The threshold is set by selecting a Velocity Threshold value i e this value represents the maximum pixel distance between two consecutive data points for them to be considered part of a fixation Every point with a calculated veloc
214. ls When you draw AOls use as many vertices as you need to portray essential parts of the analyzed object throughout the timeline To draw an AOI 1 In the media list select the relevant media On the toolbar select an appropriate drawing tool Polygon Ellipse Rectangle To draw an AOI do one of the following e To draw polygons click where you want the curve to start and then click wherever you want to add vertices Close the shape by clicking at the first vertex e To draw rectangles or ellipses click and drag until the shape is the size that you want To make the shape a perfect square or circle press and hold SHIFT while you drag to draw 8 2 Editing the shape of an existing AOI Whenever you change the shape of a dynamic AOI it will either change an existing Keyframe or create a new Keyframe if the shape that is changed is in between Keyframes There is no way to add or delete vertices on an existing AOI To change the shape of an existing AOI 1 Make sure the AOI you want to edit is visible if not read section 8 12 Showing Hiding AOls 2 On the toolbar select the Select Move Vertices tool 3 Drag the vertices to transform the AOI i Multiple vertices can be selected and moved simultaneously by creating a selection window over the vertices and then moving them as a group 78 8 Creating and Managing Areas of Interest User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 8 3 Changing the time interval in which an AOI collec
215. lue will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 105 If participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements 9 4 12 2 Brief description Duration of all visits within an AOI or an AOI group seconds 9 4 13 Total Visit Duration zeros seconds This metric is calculated in the same way as Total Visit Duration with the exception that if at the end of the recording the partici pant has not fixated on the AOI the Total Visit Duration value will be registered as zero and the recording will be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N and means 9 4 13 1 Brief description Duration of all visits within an AOI or an AOI group seconds 9 4 14 Visit Count count This metric measures the number of visits within an active
216. ly the recordings that fulfill the group conditions To edit an existing participant group 1 Click the Participant Group drop down list button This opens the Participant Groups list 2 Click the Edit button to the right of the group name in the Participant Groups list This opens the Edit Group dialog box Change the group name in the Participant Group Name field Click an independent variable in the Variables list and select the values you wish to include or exclude in the group defi nition by selecting the check boxes in the Values list 5 Repeat step 4 for other variables you wish to change 6 Click OK to accept or Cancel to dismiss the changes To delete an existing participant group 1 Click the Delete button to the right of the group name in the Participant Groups list 2 Confirm the deletion by clicking Yes in the Delete Filter dialog box If you wish to cancel the deletion click No To select a segment group 1 Click the Segment Group drop down list button This opens the Segment Groups list for more details about Segment Groups read 5 4 3 Grouping Segments 2 Select an existing group from a list by clicking the group The list of recordings will be updated automatically showing only the recordings that fulfill the group conditions 9 2 2 Selecting Areas of Interest The Areas of Interest list is located in the data selection panel and displays all the Areas of Interest AOI and AOI groups that were drawn on the
217. mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element When participant groups are selected as rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements 9 4 3 2 Brief description The time from the start of the media display until the test participant fixates on the AOI or AOI group for the first time seconds 9 4 3 3 Aligning the metric starting time with the AOls active starting point in time To start counting at the same time an AOI becomes active 98 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 9 4 4 Fixations Before count This metric measures the number of times the par
218. media element 114 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US When participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements Time from First Fixation to Next Mouse Click Across Media Measured in seconds Fixations on media size indicates duration 4 2 000 9 fp MSA T view time N E Time from First Fixation to Next Mouse Click Across Media on AOI B in Media 1 9 4 23 2 Brief description The time from the first fixation on an AOI until the test participant left clicks with the mouse on the AOI or AOI group for the first time seconds 9 5 Copying tables and charts to the clipboard Use the copy function to quickly copy a table or chart from the Statistics view into a document To copy a table or chart 1 Click the Copy button to show the Copy menu Select Copy Table or Copy Chart The table chart is copied to the cli
219. misplaced or you want to have better control over the page groupings you can cre ate the groups manually To assign a frame to a group 1 Select the Manual option and click New Group The new group appears at the bottom of the web frame lists Rename the new group by double clicking it typing the new name and then pressing ENTER on your keyboard Select the frame you want to add to the group The preview can be seen below the list Add the frame by dragging it to the new group a fF ON Repeat steps 3 4 to add more frames to the group Before adding another frame to the group you can compare its con tent with the frames in the group Select one frame in each list and use the web page preview to check if the content is the same 6 Set the web group background image by selecting the web frame and clicking the Set As Group Image button 7 Click OK to accept the changes and wait while Tobii Studio saves the changes 7 2 Selecting recordings You can select the recordings by selecting the check boxes in each row of the Recordings list By default the recordings list displays the name of the recording the color used to identify the recording on the timeline and in the visualizations and the name of the participant However you can display more information and choose the information column to sort the recordings by To display more columns of information 1 Right click anywhere in the recordings list 2 Select Show Columns in the c
220. movies 60 seconds long gt up to 150 recordings 1280 x 720 pixels movie resolution 1920 x 1200 pixels screen image resolution e 20 movies 20 seconds long up to 150 recordings 1920 x 1200 pixels movie resolution i The limitations are only valid for tests run on a computer fulfilling the recommendations in the Tobii Studio System Re quirements and Recommendations download the system recommendations document from www tobii com User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 13 Tobii Studio media limitations 143 14 Appendixes 14 1 Appendix A Tobii Studio critical timing information Tobii Studio computing operations are subject to the operating system allocation of memory and processor resources As a consequence time offsets may occur when recording an eye tracking session These offsets may vary according to the eye tracker display hardware the type of computer used in the test laptop vs desktop processor speed RAM graphics card the video capture devices capture cards and cameras third party software installed and running on the computer and the type of stimuli and stimuli format used in the test image video codecs Tobii Eye Trackers hardware display timing information TFT screen amp controller Eye Tracker Native resolution pixels Controller refresh rate TFT Response time ms Hz 1750 1280x1024 60 75 5 25 T120 amp T60 1280x1024 60 75 5 16 T60XL 1920x1200 60 16 T
221. mporting projects s esssssssessserrssrrsenrtrnrnrurnrurtnnstnnntnnunntnnntaneneantnanenannnunnnunnnnnnnnna 9 3 5 Merging Tobil Studio projects nerereia nir e ni r e OEO OR NNA 10 3 6 Deleting and removing projects from the project library sssrrssssrrrssssrrrrsssrrrrnnrrrrrnnrrrnnnnnnrene 10 4 Desigang and Recording Tesis scnrersnsacs nia a 12 4 1 Creating and editing tests i ccsscs issseccisseessectteanesedscahasacsasnhasaeeassaasavassebaaecas eabdsedaavantnaesconaaeesars 12 4 1 1 Adding Media to a Testaca e EEA AAAA ENAN ERER 12 4 1 2 Media element y p S ducias ER EE ERRARE 12 4 1 3 Editing an existing testeiro ndeintear a aada ea EE S 24 4 1 4 Presentation SEQUENCES sessioonis akkina NEA NEENA ANTE ASANA ANNEES 25 4 1 5 Counterbalancing the presentation order of media elements eeeesseeeeeeeaeeeeeeees 28 4 1 6 Unlocking Tobii Studio Tests for editing ssssssssssrreresssrrrrrrrrressnusnrnrrrrrrrursnrnrrrrrrrne 29 4 1 7 TeSt Preview irora secciaed oie ltsaxanccesadaadietvianaaed even AEAEE EA EA E A 29 4 1 8 Creatinginew teSts siiciecissncshacasantendeaanntanidsaantanddanencuehGaavadsttdaasdphaaeloetiaavadeeadaieeade 30 4 2 Managing participants and independent variables cccceceecseeee eects ee eeeeaeeeeeaeeeeaeeeesaeeeeaaeeeeaes 30 4 2 1 Creating Parti CIPANTS enisinia NENE EEEa EREA a 30 4 2 2 Creating independent variables cccsseeeeeenneeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeee
222. ms Data can also be lost due to legitimate reasons such as the participant blinking or looking away These kinds of data losses usually result in data gaps longer than 100 ms Losing data in these latter cases may be perfectly fine for applications of eye tracking where attention is measured since participants do not see anything while blinking or looking away anyway The Tobii Studio user can control the limit of how large the gaps of data that should be filled in are by setting the parameter Max gap length The default value of Max gap length is 75 ms which is between the two data loss scenarios just mentioned above According to Komogortsev et al 2010 minimum blink duration is 75 ms Data is filled in in the data gap through linear interpolation Data points are added along a straight line between neighboring val id data points Interpolation is done for each eye separately Komogortsev et Al 2010 Standardization of Automated Analyses of Oculomotor Fixation and Saccadic Behaviors IEEE Trans actions on Biomedical Engineering vol 57 11 pp 2635 2645 6 4 2 Noise reduction 6 4 2 1 MovingAverage Not default for Raw data filter All measurement systems including eye trackers experience noise Noise can come from imperfections in the system setup as well as from influences and interferences from the environment in which the measurement takes place In eye tracking research where the fixation is the eye movement of inte
223. n B 136 12 General Settings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 10 Make sure the screens have the same resolution See the previous section for more information on how to set the screen resolution 11 Click OK or Apply to view the changes If the Display drop down list does not show the two monitor icons then Windows is not detecting the secondary monitor Check if the cables to the monitor are plugged into the right connectors that the connection source is set correctly on your monitor and whether your computer s graphics card supports dual view Please read the manual for your monitor for more information Windows 7 1 Once the graphics card is installed with the card specific drivers and the two screens are connected to the computer open the Windows Start menu and select Control Panel 2 Inthe Control Panel find the Appearance and Personalization category and click Adjust screen resolution 3 The Change the appearance of your display dialog box displays the information on how many monitors you have con nected to the computer and which screen is set as the primary Display 1 and which is set as the secondary Display 2 4 Click the Multiple displays drop down list select Extend these displays and then click OK If the option Multiple displays is not shown in the dialog box Windows is not detecting the secondary monitor Try clicking Detect to automatically detect the monitor If Windows still cannot fin
224. n and return to the Questionnaire element setup dialog box 7 f desired add more questions to the same element by repeating steps 1 7 Each question with answers will be dis played on its own slide 8 To change the order of the questions select the question to move and click the arrow button for the desired direction located to the right of the Question list 9 Click the Edit button to modify the question or click the Delete button to delete it 10 Click OK to save and close the Questionnaire element setup dialog box or click Cancel to discard the changes and close the dialog box To copy one or more questions from Excel to the Questionnaire element 1 In Excel type the question text in the first column 2 Inthe same row type the answers separated by a comma and space in the second column 3 Type a name for the variable in the same row in a third column 4 Select the three cells and copy them as shown below 22 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US Home Insert Page Layout Formulas Data Review View Add Ins Acrobat a y Was1 Wie iss 4 a insert 2 Ay a B a E 11 Aia y BF General B SPA wy a elete E Z P g Bz u JE aA son oaa manne aitite syes Broma 27 Fans Sc Clipboard Font aj Alignment aj Number Ca Styles Cells Editing A3 X fe _ How often do you use the internet e Cali
225. n is then defined by the average of the two data values Stdev Standard Describes the variability in a set of data values The value is calculated by square rooting the average Deviation of the squares of the deviations of each data value from the mean Tobii Studio calculates the sample standard deviation N 1 9 4 2 Time to First Fixation seconds This metric measures how long it takes before a test participant fixates on an active AOI or AOI group for the first time The time measurement starts when the media containing the AOI is first displayed For AOI groups the time measurement starts when any of the media containing an AOI member of the group is first displayed The AOls do not have to be active for the time meas urement to start Time measurement stops when the participant fixates on the AOI if the AOI is active For AOI groups the time measurement stops when the participant fixates on any of the active AOls belonging to the group If during the recording the same media is displayed several times with other media in between the Time to First Fixation value will be calculated by adding each recorded media time of the media containing the AOI until the participant fixates on the active AOI Recording time of media not containing the AOI is excluded from the calculations i The activation state active inactive of the AOI does not affect the counting starting point Even if the AOI is inactive time will be started an
226. nd as bookmarks on the recording timeline To automatically generate the scenes 1 Click on the Generate menu on the Replay tab and select Scenes 2 Select the recordings on which you wish to generate scenes single import only the currently selected recording the re cording highlighted on the recordings list of the Replay view or Batch if you wish to create scenes for more than one re cording on the Generate Scenes Dialog box In the Batch option you can deselect recordings by un checking the checkboxes in front of each recording name Click on Generate to create the scenes Each scene will take the middle frame between the start and end LogEvents as the background image 5 If a recording already contains a scene with the same name as the one being created a Tobii Studio Information dialog box prompts the user to either replace the existing scene element by the newly created one press Yes or to continue creating a new scene by adding an identifier to the name press No for example if the old scene is called fixation the new scene will be created as fixation 2 6 Press Yes or No to affect only the scene refered to on the Tobii Studio Information dialog Press Yes to All or No to All to perform the same action to all scene conflicts 7 Tobii Studio will then segment the video file into scenes that can be used to create AOls hot spots and gaze plots for your analysis 5 5 3 Editing scenes Several segm
227. ng Eye Tracking Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 8 Creating and Managing Areas of Interest The Dynamic AOI tool enables you to define both static and dynamic moving and transforming areas of interest AOI within a broad range of stimuli such as images movies scene camera videos screen recording web pages and web recordings etc These areas can be analyzed and compared in the Tobii Studio Statistics tool AOls can be grouped together allowing for accumulation and analysis of data within and across stimuli and tests as well as more flexible and advanced test design and analysis To open the Tobii Studio Areas of Interest tool click the Areas of Interest tab The Areas of Interest tool has six main areas e Areas of Interest toolbar This is where you find tools to create AOls e Media selection pane This is where you select what media you want to create areas of interest on e Areas of Interest pane This is where you can select Areas of interest and change the appearance of them e AOI property bar This is where you find and change properties of a selected AOI e Areas of interest workspace This is where the media is displayed and where you create the areas of interest e Video controls and Timeline This is where you replay your dynamic media With some non interactive media types such as instruction elements images and Movie elements it is possible to create AOls befo
228. ng gaze plots heat maps and clusters 7 1 Selecting media To select a media for analysis simply click the media row in the media list and click one of the visualization tabs at the top Gaze Plot Heat Map or Cluster Teles Grouping web pages In many cases a web page will look slightly different each time it is presented during a recording For example if looping adver tisements are displayed Tobii Studio registers if the URL changes and presents them in the Web Groups Tool Using the Web Group Tool you can group similar pages that contain the object of interest or group pages that contain small differences that do not impact the analysis if they are grouped together Web pages saved as a group will be shown as a single media in the me dia list The Web Groups button on the Visualization header opens the Web Group Tool dialog box This tool is used to group different web pages for analysis Web pages can either be grouped using predefined criteria such as by URL Size ID and Name or can be grouped manually When the pages are grouped the gaze data from all the pages in the group is aggregated and displayed on a single page se lected to represent all the pages This page is called Group Image When grouping images make sure that all pages in the group contain the same data or that they have the same content for the areas that are important for analysis Once web groups are created the groups will appear in the media list as a si
229. ngle item This item can then be used to create vis ualizations and statistics An A Automatic grouping using preset criteria When you perform a web recording each page visited is recorded automatically by the software By default when you open the Visualization tab for the first time after making a recording the web pages are grouped by Content ID The Group Criteria options are located in the top section of the Web Groups Tool dialog box Below these options you will find two lists Each list displays all the web frames visited during the web recordings When you click a row in the list a preview of the web page is displayed These two lists contain exactly the same web frames and web frame information The two lists allow you to visually compare two web frames and confirm whether the content is the same This feature also allows you to manually group web pages in a more efficient way by the use of drag and drop To change the grouping criteria 1 Select one of the Group Criteria options e URL All frames with the same web address will be placed in the same group The gaze data for the frames will be summarized and shown on one frame The background image page is specified by selecting the image page and clicking the Set As Group Image button e URL and Size If frames have the same web address but different sizes the frames will be divided into different groups Gaze data for all frames with the same web address and the same size wil
230. nt and Add to Segment Group read 5 4 3 Grouping Segments 4 The new segment is displayed in the Segments pane Repeat the steps to generate more new segments To edit an existing segment 1 Click the Down Arrow located to the right of the segment name the segment menu arrow Select Rename to change the segment s name or Delete to delete the segment from the recording 3 Select Add Segment to Segment Group if you want to add the segment to a group For details read 5 4 3 Grouping Segments 4 When hovering over the ends of the segment once the pointer becomes a double headed arrow you can drag the seg ment to change the start and stop points In the Settings pane select the Snap to time markers check box to make the segment edges snap to the timeline tick marks Segments can be used to repeatedly play back the same section of the recording Click the infinity icon located just to the right of the segment name to loop one segment at a time 5 4 3 Grouping Segments Segments can be grouped into Segment Groups You can create multiple segments of different recordings and add those to a Segment Group and then you can further analyze the data of that Segment Group in the Statistics and Visualizations tabs and also use them when exporting the data in the data export view This is useful when you want to cut out from your analysis certain portions of data of the recordings and keep only the data Segments that are relevant for your study
231. nt in time from where you want to copy the AOls shape Select the Select Move AOI tool on the toolbar Right click the AOI that you want to cut and click Copy Note You can right click either the AOI shape in the media or the AOI name in the Areas of Interest pane Move the time indicator slider to the point in time where you want to paste the AOI To paste the copied AOI do one of the following e To paste the AOI in the middle of the media right click and click Paste e To paste the AOI where the copied AOI was is right click and click Paste in place The fastest way to copy and paste an AOI is to press and hold CTRL while you drag a copy from the AOI that you want to copy You can also copy and paste AOls using the Edit menu on the toolbar by right clicking an AOI or through keyboard shortcuts CTRL C and CTRL V To cut and paste the shape of an AOI When you cut and paste an AOI you lose all its Keyframes i i Drag the time indicator slider to the point in time from where you want to cut the AOls shape Select the Select Move AOI tool on the toolbar Right click the AOI that you want to cut and click Cut Note You can right click either the AOI shape in the media or the AOI name in the Areas of Interest pane Move the time indicator slider to the point in time where you want to paste the AOI To paste the copied AOI do one of the following To paste the AOI in the middle of the media right click and click Paste To p
232. ntegrated into 17 and 24 TFT LCD monitors while the Tobii X Series Eye Trackers can be used with a wide range of screen sizes It is important that when you prepare your eye tracking study that you ensure that the computer running Tobii Studio is able to support the different screen resolutions and sizes Thus the first thing to do after in stalling the software and eye tracking hardware is to ensure that the computer display settings are set correctly to run the eye tracking tests Resolution based on LCD monitor size Monitor size where the stimulus is shown Recommended resolution pixels 17 to 19 standard ratio LCD 1280 x 1024 20 standard ratio LCD 1600 x 1200 20 to 22 widescreen LCD 1680 x 1050 24 widescreen LCD 1920 x 1200 The precision of the timing for example of the offset between the stimulus presentation and data recording can be improved by optimizing your computer settings for faster performance Read 14 1 4 Recommendations for information on how to optimize the eye tracking system for low offsets during data collection 12 1 1 Setting up display resolution During the eye tracking study use the same resolution and color depth on the participant screen i e the eye tracker screen for the Tobii T Series Eye Tracker or the screen used to present the stimulus with an X Series Eye Tracker and the operator screen a secondary screen connected to the Tobii Studio computer To chang
233. nts and coordinates predefined settings Export gaze events fixations saccades for each media Column Included data type 1 ParticipantName 2 RecordingName 3 RecordingDate 4 FixationFilter 5 StudioTestName 6 MediaName 7 MediaWidth 8 MediaHeight 9 RecordingTimestamp 10 GazeEventType 11 GazeEventDuration 12 FixationPointX MCSpx 13 FixationPointY MCSpx 14 GazePointX MCSpx 15 GazePointY MCSpx 10 9 4 Glasses gaze coordinates Export X Y gaze coordinates from a Tobii Glasses recording User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 10 Exporting Data 121 Column Included data type 1 ParticipantName RecordingName RecordingDate StudioTestName MediaName MediaWidth MediaHeight RecordingTimestamp StudioEvent StudioEventData 0 O NIIA A OW N O GazePointX MCSpx N GazePointY MCSpx 10 9 5 Raw gaze coordinates predefined settings Export raw X Y gaze coordinates Column Included data type 1 ParticipantName RecordingName RecordingDate StudioTestName MediaName RecordingResolution RecordingTimestamp EyeTrackerTimestamp oloi NI ola A WO ND GazePointLeftX ADCSpx n oO GazePointLeftY ADCSpx ValidityLeft x N GazePointRightX ADCSpx wo
234. o add a Keyframe do one of the following Click the add Keyframe button Right click on the time indicator slider and click Insert Keyframe If you are positioned on an existing Keyframe for the selected AOI you will not be able to create new Keyframe on top of the old one To delete a Keyframe 1 2 8 9 Select the appropriate AOI by clicking either the AOI shape or the name in the Areas of Interest pane To select the Keyframe to delete do one of the following On the timeline click the colored dot of the Keyframe to be deleted Click the Previous keyframe or the Next keyframe buttons to jump between AOI keyframes To delete the selected Keyframe do one of the following Click the delete Keyframe button Press the DELETE key on your keyboard Keyframes can be deleted by right clicking a Keyframe s colored dot on the timeline and then clicking Delete If doing so while the time indicator slider is not on top of the Keyframe please remember that the shape of the AOI that you see in the media window is not the same as the shape of the AOI Keyframe that you are deleting The Keyframe at time 0 cannot be deleted Changing the name or appearance of an AOI To change the name or appearance of an AOI To change the name of an AOI double click the AOI name in the Areas of interest pane and edit the name When an AOL is selected you can also press F2 to open the Rename AOI dialog To change the color of an AOI click the
235. o click the Update button before any changes are shown in the table or charts This allows the user to make all selections before any calculations are made which can speed up the selection process If the Auto button is clicked all changes in settings and selections will take immediate ef fect and the tables or charts recalculation process triggered 9 3 2 2 Zoom settings The zoom controls of the table and chart display are located in the section to the right of the Update and Zoom toolbar The first set of controls is a drop down list with some commonly used preset zoom values and a button to reset the zoom level to 100 The second set of controls is composed of two buttons Zoom out and Zoom in and a zoom slider Move the slider to the left to zoom out in the display or click the Zoom out button To zoom in move the slider to the right or click the Zoom in button 9 4 Eye tracking metric definitions The main eye movement measurements used in Tobii Studio are based on two basic events fixations and mouse clicks In order to calculate the eye movement metrics you first have to define Areas of Interest AOls in your media The different metrics are then calculated in relation to these AOls e g Fixation Count on AOI A will be calculated as the number of fixations located in side the AOI A User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 95 The calculation of the metrics based on fi
236. o or more URLs the group and not the URL will become a unique media element Total Fixation Duration Measured in seconds carp Fixations on media size indicates duration PNPN a VEYCNEENII gt Y OOWO OCL J ae A W j A AA ATA 9 4 7 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element If participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements 102 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 9 4 7 2 Brief des
237. o the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 109 Mouse Click Count Measured in counts i hh 4 y 9 eA cD 8 mS ap ap op h hh hh k 9 4 18 2 Brief description Number of times the participant left clicks with the mouse on an AOI or an AOI group count 9 4 19 Mouse Click Count zero count This metric is calculated in the same way as Mouse Click Count with the exception that if at the end of the recording the partici pant has not clicked on the AOI the Mouse Click Count value will be registered as zero and the recording will be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N and means 9 4 19 1 Brief description Number of times the participant left clicks with the mouse on an AOI or an AOI group count 9 4 20 Time to First Mouse Click seconds This metric measures how long it takes before a test participant left clic
238. obably the right eye User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 10 Exporting Data 131 11 Tobii Studio Remote Viewer The Tobii Studio Remote Viewer is a separate software component that views an ongoing eye tracking recording session over a LAN connection The Tobii Studio Remote Viewer displays the gaze point superimposed on the stimuli along with the user cam era video It also plays the user camera audio The Tobii Studio Remote Viewer cannot be used in combination with Tobii Glasses and is only available together with the Tobii Studio Enterprise edition e Use at least a Gigabit Ethernet T1000 switches that supports jumbo frames e Do not install the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer on the same computer on which you have Tobii Studio Installed 11 1 Installing Tobii Studio Remote Viewer The Tobii Studio viewer software component and Tobii studio are run on two different computers and communicate with each other over a LAN network The Tobii Studio Remote Viewer installation file can be found on the Tobii Studio DVD or downloaded from the Tobii Updates Server http studiohelp tobii org Updates i Tobii Studio Remote Viewer might not be supported by your Tobii Studio depending on the license type that you own Please see the 7 ntroductionfor a list of the features supported by each Tobii Studio license type To download and install the installation file 1 Visit http studiohelp tobii org Upd
239. obii support at one of the phone numbers shown in the manual activation window 6 An activation code is obtained from the web page or from support 7 Enter the activation code in the Enter Manual Activation Code field If successful the following message should appear Thank you for activating Tobii Studio You may now start using it 8 Click OK to start using Tobii Studio If the activation is not successful an error message will be shown Contact support and provide them with the information shown in the error message 29 9 License deactivation Tobii Studio s license key policy also allows single license keys to be deactivated and reactivated more than once allowing you to install Tobii Studio on multiple computers and then switch between the computers In case you have purchased multiple user licenses each license key can only be activated on one computer or for one user account at a time To deactivate the Tobii Studio license key 1 Connect the computer to the Internet 2 Start Tobii Studio User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 2 Installing and Updating Tobii Studio 5 3 Create a new project or open an existing project for details read 3 7 Creating a new project and 3 2 Opening an exist ing project Click Help on Tobii Studio s menu bar and then click Deactivate License Click Yes in the warning dialog box and wait until it connects to the server Click OK and Tobii Studio exits If you start
240. ocate them to the same cluster if the distance is below a certain pre determined threshold such algorithms are known as distance cluster algorithms The algo rithm behind the Tobii Cluster visualization is based on the robust clustering algorithm suggested by Santella amp DeCarlo 2004 for eye movement data analysis Essentially the cluster algorithm tries to find spatial patterns in the distribution of the gaze data It does so by first moving the gaze points into denser configurations until the points are collected around mode values and then after a number of iterations when the distances between the mode values are larger than the distance threshold it assigns each gaze point located around the same mode value to the same cluster This procedure is summarized in the following algorithm where o represents the distance threshold or spatial scale x yi Spatial Kernel x y exp 3 oy Cluster calculation User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data 71 Distance threshold y x Data points Data coordinates X y x Data points x x E x x x x x x x x x Data coordinates X 72 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US Data points Data coordinates X clusters Data coordinates X This method of cluster determination ensures that the determination of the clusters is not heavily influenced by noise and out liers The o
241. oggle Play Pause video replay CTRL B Step back 1 video frame CTRL F Step forward 1 video frame CTRL SHIFT B Step back 5 seconds CTRL SHIFT F Step forward 5 seconds CTRL R Rewind video replay ALT B Go to previous AOI Keyframe Selected AOI ALT F Go to next AOI Keyframe Selected AOI AOI Shortcuts ALT B Go to previous AOI Keyframe Selected AOI ALT F Go to next AOI Keyframe Selected AOI DELETE Deletes selected AOI F2 Opens the Rename AOI dialog for selected AOI CTRL A Select all AOls CTRL C Copy selected AO s CTRL X Cut selected AOI s CTRL V Paste AOI in center CTRL Shift V Paste AOI in place General Interface Shortcuts CTRL Z Undo last action CTRL Y Redo last Undo CTRL MOUSEWHEEL Zoom in out around mouse cursor SPACE HOLD Pan media C Toggle AOI Active state G AOI Groups dialog 84 8 Creating and Managing Areas of Interest User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US A O lt Action Web Groups dialog Undo last action Redo last Undo Edit menu Select AOI s Tool Select Vertices Tool Polygon Tool Ellipse Tool Rectangle Tool Pan Media Tool Zoom Tool Toggle Fot to Window 100 gt 7NI Dl mM v lt w Jjol c s Appearance menu Video Replay control shortcuts after video control buttons have been clicked wit
242. ontext menu 3 Select the information you want to display on each row To sort the list by a particular column Click the header of the column you want the list to be sorted by Participant Recording Duration Samples or Date Types of information e Recording ID of the recording e Date Shows the time and date when the recording was performed e Duration The duration of the recording in seconds e Color The color used to identify the recording on the timeline and in the visualizations User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data 61 e Samples The quality of the recording is calculated using the number of eye tracking samples that were correctly identi fied 100 means that both eyes were found throughout the recording 50 that one eye was found for the full record ing or both eyes during half the time Note that the eyes cannot be found when a person is looking away from the screen this will result in a lower percentage If the test is performed so that the participant is asked questions during the recording and occasionally looks at a test leader an alternative method should be considered e Participant The name of the test participant To change the color of a recording 1 Click the Color square corresponding to the recording that you want to change the color of A dialog box is displayed 2 Select the color for the recording by either selecting one of the Basic Colors in the box that opened or b
243. or the start and end of a fixation and thus the identification process still remains partly subjective Therefore the best identification validation process is still to perform a test where you compare the fixation filter data with an observer s subjective impression on the position and duration of the fixations If you do not have any particular requirements in your study regarding how fixations should be defined use Tobii Studio s default fixation filters setting For additional information about the fixation filters please read the following Tobii whitepapers that can be found on i Tobii website under the Library section e Timing Guide for Tobii Eye Trackers and Eye Tracking Software e Tobii Studio Timing Testing To choose or modify the fixation filter settings 1 Choose from the main menu Tools gt Settings or from the Design and Record tab click Setup and select Settings to open the Global Settings dialog box Select the Fixation Filters tab 3 Select the type of filter you want to use Choose between e VT filter e Tobii fixation filter e ClearView Fixation filter e Raw Data If you select Raw Data Tobii Studio will display all the eye position samples recorded by the eye tracker without aggregating it into fixations 4 Specify whether you want the Eye Selection Filter to use the average gaze point calculated from the gaze data samples from both eyes use the left eye s gaze data only or
244. ordings Time to First Fixation All Medias emotional face neutral faces N Mean Sum N Mean Sum Recordings Count Seconds Seconds Count Seconds Seconds Rec 01 1 0 85 0 85 1 0 30 0 30 AOI Metric Summary Each cell in the AOI Metric Summary columns contains the descriptive statistic value for all AOls and all the media The cell value calculation also depends on the Row option selection The data is displayed using the following col umn hierarchal order metric gt All media groups the data from all the selected media gt All AOls groups the data from all AOls present in each media gt Descriptive Statistics Example below 2 metrics Time to First Fixation and Fixation Duration 2 images DrawAngry JPG and DrawHappy JPG 2 AOls DrawAngryEyes and neutral eyes Row option Recordings Time to First Fixation Fixation Duration All Medias All Medias All AOIs All AOIs N Mean Sum N Mean Sum Count Seconds Seconds Count Seconds Seconds Recordings Rec 01 4 1 17 4 68 6 0 44 2 64 X axis levels in charts 92 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US e AOls per media Each bar represents the data from an AOI belonging to a single media element The bars are organ ized by media Row option selection and then AOI e AOI Media Summary Each bar represents the data from all AOls present in a single media element The bars are or ganized by media and then Row option sele
245. ore proceeding to the next e LEFT ARROW Pause Hides the calibration AVI or the full screen attention grabbing AVI e UPARROW Displays the attention grabbing AVI 4 3 2 Making recordings Place the participant in front of the eye tracker and make sure that he or she is sitting comfortably at the correct distance from the eye tracker The distance depends on the hardware used 64 cm is valid for the Tobii T Series Eye Trackers read the T Ser ies Eye Tracker user manuals for more information To start a Tobii Studio recording 1 Ensure that the appropriate Presentation mode is selected in the Presentation mode selector in the Design and Record me 4 tab 2 Click the Start Recording button located at the bottom of the Design and Record tab The Select Participant dialog box opens 3 Create a new participant or use an existing participant e To create a new participant type the participant s name in the Name field If you have created independent varia bles select the correct values if known before the test for the participant e To select an existing participant click the Use Existing Participant tab and select a participant from the participants list by clicking the participant s row 4 Click Continue to accept the selection and open the Calibration dialog box 5 Use the track status box to help adjust the participant and the eye tracker position e g chair position table or the eye tracker stand The eyes o
246. orting Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 10 3 Defining the column order of the data export output file It is possible to change the order in which data types are presented in the data export file As each selected data type results in a column in the exported file arranging the order of the data types affects the order of the columns in the exported file To define the column order of the data export output file 1 On the Output toolbar click the Column Order button to open the Column Order dialog 2 Inthe Column order dialog click and drag the data types to their new position in the list Then click Done Note You can also enter a number in the number field to define the position of the data type Click Reset Defaults to restore order to default order 10 4 Setting the number of data export output files To set the number of output files to be created i If One single file is selected all the data for each data source will be written in succession in one single file If Indi vidual files is selected separate files will be created for each data source 1 Click the One single file Individual files drop down menu 2 Inthe drop down menu select the appropriate alternative i If there are a large number of participants and the recordings are long consider exporting to individual files or else the output data file may be too large to handle for the software in which you are importing it
247. other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of recordings and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element When participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI media summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 107 Percentage Fixated Participant 1 Participant 2 Measured in Fixations on media size indicates duration f aN i NA eN 12 0 0 6 Media 1 view time Participant 1 fixates on AOI B articipant 1 fixates on AOI C in Media 1 in N 2 gs where the participant fixated at least n the AOI Total c eg Fixated for AOI B 10
248. ove linearly from Keyframe to Keyframe in constant velocity Transformations such as rotation will therefore have an effect on the AOI size To minimize these effects create numerous Keyframes by rotating the AOI shape in small steps e During playback of dynamic AOls in the Tobii Studio Areas of Interest tool an AOI may appear to be erroneously animated not aligned with the object in the movie However the collection of data will still be correct as long as the AOls align with the analyzed objects when viewing the media frame by frame User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 8 Creating and Managing Areas of Interest 77 The order of the AOls in the AOI list in the AOI tab can be arranged by Name or by Color This is done by clicking on the column headers See illustration below E i F i Nome Elkpse Elipte 2 tipse Elbpse 4 Rectangle Rectangle 2 Rectangle 3 oe oe eo O Rectangle 4 Dynamic AOls have user defined active or inactive states throughout the timeline During active state intervals the AOI will collect eye gaze data During inactive state intervals the AOI will not collect eye gaze data The basic workflow of creating Dynamic AOls 1 Draw an AOI around the researched object in the media 2 Move to anew point on the timeline and edit the AOI shape to create a new Keyframe 3 Make sure the Activation state is set correctly throughout the timeline 4 Consider grouping AOls into groups 8 1 Drawing AO
249. ows 7 Windows XP Windows 7 Tobii Eye Trackers T6OXL amp T120 T6OXL amp T120 T60XL Image offset 3 1 0 6542 beta 3 1 0 6545 beta 3 1 0 6542 beta Video offset 3 1 0 6542 beta 3 1 0 6545 beta 3 1 0 6542 beta Image duration 3 1 0 6542 beta Intel Xeon E5540 2 53GHz 4GB 1066MHz DDR3 NVidia Quadro FX580 512MB Intel Core i7 27200M 2 2 GHz 4GB 2X2GB 1333MHz DDR3 NVidia Quadro 3000M 2GB 144 14 Appendixes User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 14 1 1 Stimulus start time offset images and videos This offset measures the interval of time between the moment Tobii Studio timestamps the start of the stimulus presentation Im ageStart and VideoStart event to the actual instant the stimulus is displayed on a screen Recent tests show that when using Tobii Studio with Tobii recommended hardware configurations and devices these offsets can be maintained at a low value be low 50 ms Summarizes the test results of the stimulus display start time offset tests All setups show that the offset between Tobii Stu dio timestamps and the start of image or video display is below 50 ms Values reported are mean s d in milliseconds Computer Dell T5500 Workstation Dell M6600 Mobile Workstation OS Windows 7 Windows XP Windows 7 Tobii Eye T60XL T120 T6OXL T120 T6OXL Trackers Image offset 16 542 5 11 544 4 22 1 1 4 19 441 7 21 6 1 7 Video offset 30 9 5 0 17 445 1 29 4 5 2 1
250. ox and click OK To add AOls to one or several AOI groups 1 Select the AOls that you would like to add to one or several AOI groups 2 On the toolbar click AOI Groups the AO groups dialog opens 3 To add the selected AOls to an AOI group select the AOI group check box and click OK i You can select several groups If multiple AOls belonging to different groups are selected the AOI groups will show as an indicator that not all se lected AOls belong to the AOI group To remove an AOI from an AOI group 1 Select the AOI that you would like to remove from the group 2 On the toolbar click AOI groups to open the AOI groups dialog User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 8 Creating and Managing Areas of Interest 83 3 Inthe AOI groups dialog untick the check box of the AOI group that you no longer want the selected AOI to be as signed to To delete an AOI group 1 Select any AOI The AOI groups dialog is only accessible if you have selected an AOI On the toolbar click AOI groups to open the AOI groups dialog 3 Inthe AOI groups dialog select the AOI group that you want to delete by clicking its name and not the check box You can select multiple AOI groups by pressing shift ctrl while clicking on the AOI groups 4 Click Delete and then click OK The AOls will not be deleted 8 16 Shortcut commands in the Areas of Interest tool Key Action Video Replay control shortcuts CTRL SPACE T
251. p count 9 4 11 Visit Duration seconds This metric measures the duration of each individual visit within an AOI or AOI group The N value used to calculate descriptive statistics is based on the number of visits read the N value description below for more details A visit is defined as the interval of time between the first fixation on the AOI and the next fixation outside the AOI i Cut off fixations as described in the introduction of section O will affect descriptive statistics for this metric There are no limitations on how short these cut off fixations can be to still be included in the calculations of a metric If at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated on the AOI the Visit Duration value will not be computed and thus that recording will not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing averages for participant groups 9 4 11 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the mean and standard deviation In the current metric it represents the number of visits and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows N is equal to the total number of visits to an AOI If participants are selected as table rows N is equal to the total number of visits a participant has made to the AOI If the partici pant has made more than 1 recording with the same media element N will be equ
252. pboard 3 Use the paste function in your document editor or use the paste keyboard shortcut English keyboards CTRL V to paste the image BMP file or table TXT file content into your document 9 6 Table and chart export Use the export function in the Statistics view to save the table or chart into a file that you can later import or add to a document To export a table User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 1115 1 Click the Export button to show the Export menu Select Export Table The Save As dialog box opens 3 Type the file name select the location where you want to save your export then click Save The table is exported as a tab delimited TXT file To export a chart 1 Click the Export button to open the Export menu 2 Select Export Chart The Save As dialog box opens 3 Type the file name select the location where you want to save your export and then click Save The table is exported as an image in the PNG file format If more than one metric is chosen for analysis the image file will contain all the generated charts 116 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 10 Exporting Data Eye and gaze tracking data exports can be used to analyze data from Tobii Studio in other analysis or statistics software such as Excel SPSS or Matlab The data is saved in a tab separated values file tsv or in a Mic
253. pplied on recordings made with Tobii Studio 2 3 or later The menu option Launch Velocity Chart will appear grey for recordings made with previous versions of Tobii Studio e VelocityChart only supports the Raw data filter and the I VT fixation filter e VelocityChart plots one recording at the time and only the first 4000 samples of the recording Adjusting the data proc essing parameters to fit all recordings while still preserving fine grained fixations is a complex task that requires training and experience The default values have been set to work in most cases 14 2 2 Using VelocityChart to tune the Raw Data or the I VT Fixation filters VelocityChart is a separate software application but is launched from within Tobii Studio To launch the VelocityChart application 1 Select the Replay tab in Tobii Studio 2 Inthe Recordings pane right click on the recording you want to open in VelocityChart Click Launch VelocityChart The VelocityChart opens in a new window Consider using a recording where the level of noise is relatively high when selecting which fixation filter settings to use for a study An indication of noise level may be the percentage of samples that was collected or if you noticed that the calibration of a specific participant showed long error vectors green lines in the calibration results read 4 3 2 Making recordings To apply the Raw Data I VT Fixation filter in VelocityChart 1 Inthe Menu bar click Settings 2 S
254. py of Tobii Studio running on a different computer These files contain all the information and elements included in the original project and once the file is im ported into another Tobii Studio workstation it can be used to perform the same tests as the original To export a project 1 Start Tobii Studio Open the project to be exported On the File menu select Export Project Archive The Export Project dialog box will open Select the tests and recordings to export and click the Export button a fF N In the next window browse and select the export location and type a file name User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 3 Managing Tobii Studio Projects 9 6 When the export is finished a confirmation dialog box will appear Click OK to exit the export process If you intend to send the nas file over e mail ftp or internet it is recommended to compress the nas file as a zip archive To import a project 1 a fF ON D 3 5 Start Tobii Studio The Project Library dialog box opens Click Import Project Archive Click Browse to open the Windows Explorer dialog box and browse to the file to import Click the file to select it and then click Open After loading you can select or unselect specific tests or recordings by clicking Show archive contents and selecting the recordings to be imported The project name description author and new location can be changed by expanding the Show project details
255. r Raw filter Tobii fixation filter Clearview filter 10 10 38 Media data For data types that provide date information the actual format of the exported values depends on the used com puter s locale settings i e it is determined by settings in the Microsoft Windows operating system This group of data types provides information about the media that is displayed to the participant It includes media name posi tion and resolution 124 10 Exporting Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US Media data Description Format Reference system MediaName Name of the media stimuli element from the Tobii Studio test timeline MediaPosX ADCSpx Horizontal coordinate of the left edge of the Pixels ADCSpx eye tracked media MediaPosY Vertical coordinate of the top edge of the eye Pixels ADCSpx tracked media MediaWidth Horizontal size of the eye tracked media Pixels MediaHeight Vertical size of the eye tracked media Pixels 10 10 4 Segment and scene data This group of data types provides information about the segments and scenes created in the Tobii Studio project These data types only provide data if the data set was defined by choosing segments or scenes specifically Segment and scene data Description Format Reference system SegmentName Name of segment Milliseconds SegmentStart Start time for segment Milliseconds RecordingTlmestamp SegmentEnd End
256. r since there is no indication that these recordings are in fact different participants from different SD cards To avoid this potential issue always insert a unique prefix in the Participant Name Prefix text entry field every time you import an additional SD card in a Tobii Studio Test This feature will append the chosen prefix to the participant name effectively creating a unique name and avoiding recordings being merged into existing participants By default the name Import 1 is given change this name according to your own preference and import order or delete this preset name to remove any prefix and keep the original Tobii Studio Participant naming for Tobii Glasses recordings P001 P002 P0O3 etc 9 When you are finished click the Import button to import the selected recordings and snapshot images Tobii Studio will then import each Tobii Glasses Session as a Tobii Studio Recording i Selecting the Video import check box in the Settings can repair corrupted video frames during import Only select this option if the originally imported video shows corrupted video frames Importing using this setting will take consider ably longer time User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 37 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings After the recordings have been completed you are ready to analyze the data The Replay tab in Tobii Studio provides you with a way to dynamically view the eye tracking recording and user
257. r User Manual A computer with Tobii Studio Professional or Enterprise User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 19 J Video Camera e K e e Calibration Grid E LAN J l nar VGA DVI capture Tobii Studio Primary Screen Live viewer capture card o VGA DVI a t Before adding the Scene Camera media element to the test make sure the hardware is set up properly The video source needs to be connected to a video capture card FireWire or USB port on the computer where Tobii Studio is running Please refer to the system recommendations document available for download at www tobii com or contact Tobii Support for information on recommended video capture cards and setups To add the element to the test 1 Drag the media element icon to the test workspace timeline indicated by the gray arrow in the user interface The me dia setup dialog box opens To name the media element 1 The software uses Scene Camera Element as the default name You can change it by clicking the Element Name field deleting the existing text and typing a new name To set the video recording source and properties 1 Choose the video source by selecting a device form the Video Source list 2 If the device has more than one input e g S video composite specify the input you want to use for the video recording by selecting it in the Inputs list 3 Choose the cod
258. r row in the Available Eye trackers list Click the Upgrade eye tracker button The Eye Tracker Browser dialog box will open and the upgrade process will start immediately When the upgrade process is completed click OK to close the Eye tracker Selector dialog box or Global Settings dia log box Firmware upgrades can improve the eye tracker s performance and set of features Upgrading the eye tracker s firm ware may fix bugs resolve connection and trackability issues or improve compatibility with new operating systems Firmware upgrades may have an impact on the eye tracking data If you are in the middle of performing a recording a firmware upgrade is not recommended Updating Tobii Studio Tobii is committed to complying with the dynamic requirements of its clients and releases several version updates of Tobii Stu dio each year Customers with a valid Support amp Upgrade contract are entitled to free software updates and free technical support If you are connected to the internet you will be prompted if you are using an old version of Tobii Studio when you start it To update Tobii Studio 1 Click Help on Tobii Studio menu bar Select Check for Updates If an update has been released it will be displayed in the Check For Update dialog box under Available updates to download Download the release notes by clicking the Release notes link Release notes contain important updates and comple mentary information to t
259. r to the location in the timeline where you wish to set the start of the scene 3 Drag the right handle of the timeline marker to set the end position The red color indicates the section on the timeline that is currently selected The starting and end point can be moved by dragging their respective markers Right click the selection and click Create Scene from Selection The new scene is displayed in the Scenes pane together with the respective recording coverage information indicated by a gray box 00 00 49 607 a m Scenes o R m o 2 Set new Scene Image Copy content to all Recordings _ n I lt tl gt i Segments Scenes Settings Recording Rec 01 length 00 01 47 791 participant P01 6 Open the Scene context menu by clicking the arrow next to the default scene name Select Rename to change the name of the scene 8 Delete the default name and type the new one This step is important for later identifying the scene in the media list of the Visualization tab and in the media browser on the Statistics tab i When a scene is created the scene will be copied to the remaining test recordings without the recording coverage information If you wish to add the coverage information to that scene you need to either select the interval manually select the interval in the timeline then right click the selection select Add selection to scene and then select the scene you want to use or if
260. r222 g wo pran The test also contains information on how the different media are presented to the test participant such as the order and the du ration of each media element Recordings include gaze data media presentation events e g media start and stop times mouse clicks and key presses and recording elements e g videos from screen recordings or video capture devices Each recording is associated with a participant and his or her unique calibration The project and test structure of Tobii Studio allows you to perform an experiment with different tests on the same group of par ticipants For example if you want to conduct an experiment using a factorial design you can have multiple tests within a single project where each test contains the same media but in a different order Or for A B comparison testing each test could con tain different media representing the different alternatives Visualizations are created based on the recordings belonging to their respective tests You can consequently only create a heat map for individual tests within a project even if the same image can be found in more than one of the tests However the Statis tics tab can be used to perform cross test analysis within the same project For example you can group Areas of Interest AOI belonging to media located in different tests and use that group to extract descriptive statistics based on eye tracking metrics 3 1 Creating a new project In o
261. rder to start designing an eye tracking test you first need to create a new project in Tobii Studio To create a new project 1 Start Tobii Studio This opens the Tobii Studio Project Library 2 Click the Create New Project button The Create new project dialog box opens 3 Name the project by typing the name in the Project Name field 4 Optionally type a short project description in the Description field 5 Optionally type in the Author name 8 3 Managing Tobii Studio Projects User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 6 Click Browse to select the folder where the project should be saved If the folder path is not changed the project will be saved in the default folder Documents Tobii Studio Projects 7 Click Next when done 8 Now give the test a test name and if desired add a description In the next step the first test is created 9 Click Create and you are ready to start designing your test If at a later point you wish to change the project information Project Name Description and Author in the Project Library click the Edit icon on the row of the project you would like to modify It is not possible to store the Tobii Studio project s on an external or network hard drive 3 2 Opening an existing project Once a project has been created it is listed in the Tobii Studio Project Library dialog box To open an existing project from the project list 1 Start Tobii Studio to display the Tobii Studio Project
262. rdinate of the unprocessed gaze point for the left eye on the screen Millimeters ADCSmm GazePointLeftY ADCSmm Vertical coordinate of the unprocessed gaze point for the left eye on the screen Millimeters ADCSmm GazePointRightX ADCSmm Horizontal coordinate of the unprocessed gaze point for the right eye on the screen Millimeters ADCSmm GazePointRightY ADCSmm Vertical coordinate of the unprocessed gaze point for the right eye on the screen Millimeters ADCSmm StrictAverageGazePointX ADCSmm Horizontal coordinate of the averaged gaze point for both eyes on the screen aver age function similar to the one used for Eye selection Millimeters ADCSmm StrictAverageGazePointY ADCSmm Vertical coordinate of the averaged gaze point for both eyes on the screen aver age function similar to the one used for Eye selection Millimeters ADCSmm 10 10 9 Eye tracking data and validity codes This group of data types provides unprocessed data describing the characteristics about the participants eyes Gaze tracking data Description Format Reference system EyePosLeftX ADCSmm Horizontal coordinate of the 3D position Millimeters ADCSmm of the left eye EyePosLeftY ADCSmm Vertical coordinate of the 3D position of Millimeters ADCSmm the left eye EyePosLeftZ ADCSmm Distance depth coordinate of the 3D posi Millimet
263. re recordings have been made With interactive media types such as web elements screen recordings and pdf elements recordings must be made before the media appears in the media list in the AOI tool For Tobii Glasses recordings where IR markers have NOT been used you need to create AOls for each participant separately and group the corresponding AOls to ag gregate data If IR markers have been used AOls can be created on snapshots Data will then automatically be aggregated throughout the selected data set The AOls in Tobii Studio can be e Static AOls The shapes of static AOls in Tobii Studio are drawn by the user Static AOls will collect data throughout the entire display time of the media To create a static AOI use the tools and operations described in the following sections e Dynamic AOls The shapes and behaviors of dynamic AOls in Tobii Studio are defined by so called Keyframes Each Keyframe is a user defined shape and position of the AOI that corresponds to a certain point on the timeline of the me dia Dynamic media containing dynamic AOls will typically have numerous Keyframes for each AOI In between these Keyframes Tobii Studio will interpolate the shape and position of the AOI so that the AOI moves smoothly from one Keyframe to the next Any changes that are made to an AOI somewhere on the timeline will create a new Keyframe un less you are changing an existing Keyframe e The vertices of the AOI shapes will interpolate m
264. reen is what happened about 10 sec onds ago on the Tobii Studio screen If there are disruptions or disturbances on the network in many cases it is possi ble for the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer to continue displaying the data without the viewer noticing any difference compared to if there were no disturbances The Buffer Status bar displays how much data is currently available in the buffer If the bar is completely blue the buffer is full and the replay will be running smoothly However if only a small part of the bar is blue this indicates that the level of available data is low and the video quality will be poor or the streaming choppy Typically a slow LAN or a temporary large load of traffic on the network causes a low level of available data in the buffer 11 4 Showing the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer in full screen To show the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer in full screen mode do one of the following e On the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer toolbar click the full screen button e Inthe View menu click Fullscreen e While the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer application window is active press F11 on the keyboard i To exit full screen mode move the mouse curser to the top edge of the screen to roll down the ribbon bar and then click the full screen button or press F11 11 5 Turning on and off viewing of the User Camera display The Tobii Studio Remote Viewer is capable of receiving and displaying user video and audio The User sound wi
265. resent and record video and sound from an external device Tobii Studio records the video input from these devices as a video file Please note that separate hardware is needed in order to be able to use this feature This media element cannot be combined with other elements in the timeline The External Video media element type is recommended for presenting stimuli that have complex graphics or are resource in tensive applications such as video games interactive television stimulus presentation software such as E prime and com puter games played on another computer The recordings are made via e Analog video capture cards for VCR input e VGA or DVI capture cards for input from another computer or other digital sour ce e VGA to USB converter to capture VGA signal from another computer via USB should be used only with low resource graphics applications e FireWire for digital cameras e USB streaming from video or web cameras Before adding the External Video element to a test make sure the hardware is set up properly The video source needs to be connected with a video capture card FireWire cable or USB cable to the computer where Tobii Studio is running Install the correct drivers and codecs on the computer to avoid possibly compromising recording performance Please refer to the Tobii System Requirements amp Recommendations document available at www tobii com or contact Tobii support for information on recommended video capture
266. rest other minor eye movements such as tremor and microsaccades Yarbus 1967 can also be seen as noise In the most basic form I VT filters calculate the velocity by multiplying the change in position between two consecutive sample points with the sampling frequency If the sampling frequency is low the eye will have time to do quite large shifts of direction between two samples which makes it easy for the eye tracker to distinguish between real eye movements and noise The higher the sampling frequency is the smaller the eye movement will be between two consecutive samples at a given eye velocity Noise will therefore have a greater impact in a high frequency system even though it has the same magnitude as in a low frequency system User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 6 Defining fixations 57 The Noise reduction moving average function is a symmetric moving average filter It produces output data by creating an arithmetic mean of a number of data points from the input data The number of input data points used to produce each output point is controlled by the Window size parameter Each produced output data point is given the timestamp of the input data point that was in the center of the window the input median point the window size parameter must be an odd number The window size is dynamically adjusted so that the window never stretches outside the valid data series The default value of the Window size parameter is 3 samples which
267. rini uein eiaa aE E A E RAEE 43 5 4 2 Generating segments manually essssssrsrrrrrrerresrsrrrrrrrerunsnrsrnnrrrrurnnrsnrnrrrrrnure ene 44 5 4 3 Grouping SEQMENtS scisssisvaesecasaecsee aiavdetsavandait E a EEE 44 5 4 4 Exporting segments as VideO S iiicscaicvnedacdasennstcenteuateneeactediiesoeedcdyrnesseedansencdueneevarees 45 5 5 Creating scenes from dynamic Content esssssssssrresseesssrrrrerrrevrusesrnnnnetresesssrsnnerreereeesseernerneeee 46 5 5 1 Creating soene Sess aan E N 46 5 5 2 Generating scenes automatically essssssssrrrirresresrsrrrrrrrrrurunrrrnrrrrrureerenrnrrrrrrreeeno 47 5 5 3 Editing SCENE Skieen ra a E E AEE AEE A O ENE 47 5 6 Exporting RECOPrdINGS ssssicsssessiersisasacea indana iaaa anA MeeeeedienasdcterieneressaarsteraseeETTA 48 5 7 Reviewing Glasses Data gieccisacaesctiaaceeccedaatbecdtuas saedeasia needs tha cadets saa cdide daa dat vep naa deteed naded edie deuee 49 5 8 Parallax Correction TOO sscciscssantccnassandanicaaansengeaaan dant savandeshaasevdashaasvadaetaasvad ab daseadpesiaavedeeaaansiaed 49 Denning irali nciandinukhwa elem Raia RRR 51 6 1 FVT Fixation Falter scccssssccecsssssacttesssaccactensadeadanssnaeadaanvndeadeene iaa aiian aia daiane 52 6 1 1 Gap fill in interpolation Default for I VT o ceceeecccececeeeeececeeeeeeseeeeaeeeeeeeesennneeeees 53 6 1 2 INGISETECUCTION wigsscostactasateigag sxectiaiined cde landedues anceddinsanies a a a ar Enr niaaa 53 6 1 3 Velocity calcula
268. rmat formerly Advanced Streaming Format or Active Streaming Format is Microsoft s proprietary digital audio digital video container format especially intended for streaming media ASF is part of the Windows Media frame work and contains a timestamp for each media frame facilitating media synchronization even in situations when frames have been dropped during recording In this case synchronization will still be maintained as good as possible by trying to match each frame timestamp with the data timestamp The frames that are dropped are replaced by the previous frame during playback of the recording The video data block contains video and audio and can be encoded using different codecs A codec is software or a device ca pable of encoding and decoding video data In Tobii Studio this process is accomplished using Microsoft Windows media framework DirectShow DirectShow is a multimedia framework and API programming interface responsible for performing vari ous operations with media files or streams in a Windows environment such as encoding or decoding some common media file formats Microsoft Video 1 and MP3 are standard codecs installed on all Microsoft computers The Tobii Studio installation in cludes the Techsmith codec If you wish to use other codecs you must ensure that the correct video codecs are installed User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 15 Tobii Studio does not support the use of cod
269. rop down menu click Gaze Data Overlay e Inthe View menu click Gaze Data Overlay e While the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer application window is active press CTRL G on the keyboard 11 8 Turning on and off the Mouse Click Overlay To turn the Mouse Click Overlay in Tobii Studio Remote Viewer on or off do one of the following e On the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer toolbar in the View drop down menu click Mouse Click Overlay e Inthe View menu click Mouse Click Overlay e While the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer application window is active press CTRL M on the keyboard 11 9 Disconnecting from Tobii Studio To disconnect the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer from Tobii Studio e On the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer toolbar click the Disconnect button 11 10 Troubleshooting and technical notes 11 10 1 Tobii Studio Remote Viewer firewall settings As with all applications sending data over a network it might be necessary to configure the firewalls involved in the setup The ports used by the applications which should be opened e Tobii Studio recording computer UDP 10200 10201 e Tobii Studio Remote Viewer UDP 11200 11201 Due to differences in firewall implementations no general guidelines can be given on how to configure the firewalls to allow for communication between Tobii Studio and the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer but in most cases manually opening these ports will be sufficient However in some cases the applications themselves have
270. rosoft Excel file xls and follows the Unicode standard The data export output file s can easily be imported into other software such as SPSS or Matlab When im porting into such software be sure to import through the software file menu dialog do not drag and drop Note The xlsx format only allows for 1 048 576 rows in an exported file Exports from recordings containing more samples than this will result in files not containing data from the complete recording Another aspect of using the xlsx format is that the export will take roughly 10 times longer than if it is done using the tsv format To open the Tobii Studio Data Export tool click the Data Export tab File View Tools ForSight Help Design and Record Replay Visualizations Areas of interest Statistics P Q Select Data Set Export Data Load Settings Save Settings Output lOnesingleflemas Enter file name Options Cellformat Column Order Select columns for the data export General data 11 of 11 selected Contains data about export data studio version project and test name participant characteristics recording information and current fixation filter Media data 5 of S selected Contains data about media name position and size Segment and scene data 8 of 8 selected 7 Contains data about segments and scenes y Timestamp data 3 of 3 selected 7 Contains data about the time stamps available for export 7 Select the data set for the
271. rval e Accumulate displays the gaze data accumulated from the start time until the current time e Sliding window the interval length to limit the display of gaze data to a pre determined time interval throughout the playback This interval is set by clicking the field and typing a value in seconds 8 Start time needle positioned at start time 9 Current time needle marker of the current time The value is displayed at item 4 10 Stop time needle the point in time up to which the gaze data is visualized Teld Selecting data from a time interval You can choose to restrict the data used to create the visualization according to a time interval For example you can create a heat map showing the fixations made during the first 2 seconds of the stimulus display The interval can be determined in two different ways The first way is by dragging the markers on the visualization timeline and the second is by setting the Start and Length time values in the respective fields To set the time interval using the timeline markers 1 Drag the Start time needle no 8 in the above image to set the start of the data interval 2 Drag the Stop time needle no 10 in the above image to set the end of the data interval To set the interval using the Start and Duration fields more precise 74 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 1 Click in the Start field below the visualization and type
272. s Scenes and Settings can all be resized or hidden displayed This allows you to customize the window so you have easy access to the functions you use most You can toggle between displaying and hiding the Events and User Cam panes by clicking their respective buttons at the bot tom of the Recordings pane The same goes for Segments Scenes and Settings which have icons in the lower left corner of the Replay pane You can resize any of the panes by dragging its border in the desired direction The recording of a test session can be viewed in fullscreen mode Fullscreen mode replay shows the recorded media in its origi nal size making it more easily viewable for qualitative analysis The user cam and timeline are optional in the fullscreen mode To view the replay in fullscreen mode 1 Inthe Replay pane either e Click the Full Screen icon in the header or e Right click the video and select Fullscreen in the context menu When in fullscreen mode by right clicking you get the following menu options described below e Show Timeline To be able to use all the functions of the timeline at the bottom of the fullscreen view press T on your keyboard e Exit Fullscreen To exit the fullscreen mode or press ESC or double click 6 131 Changing the replay video settings In the lower left of the Replay pane is the Settings button Click the button to toggle between displaying and hiding some impor tant replay Settings To modify the O
273. s and is calculated as follows Row settings When recordings are selected as table rows the N value will always be equal to 1 If participants are selected as table rows the N value will be equal to the number of recordings that participant has made with the same media element 110 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US When participant groups are selected as rows then the N value will be equal to the number of recordings included in the group Summary columns In the AOI Media Summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the number of AOls included in a single media element In the AOI group summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings and follows the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements Time to First Mouse Click Measured in seconds Rh cars Mouse click on media h 9 4 20 2 Brief description The time from the start of the media display until the test participant left clicks with the mouse on the AOI or AOI group for the first time seconds 9 4 21 Time to First Mouse Click Across media seconds This metric measures how long it takes before a test participant left clicks with the mouse on an active AOI or AOI group for the f
274. s the production of descriptive statistics from AOI groups Scentific Project File View Tools ForSight Help Design and Record Replay Visualization To get started select one or more media from current project Select media To open the Tobii Studio Statistics tool click the Statistics tab The Statistics tab is divided in three main areas e Statistics header Allows you to select media for analysis copy tables and charts to the clipboard and export tables and charts e Data Selection pane This is where you can select recordings and chose which AOls to include in the analysis e Statistics workspace This is where you can select the metrics create and view tables and charts and change the sta tistics settings and properties 86 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 9 1 Choosing media for the analysis The Select Media for Analysis in Project dialog box allows you to view and select the media for the analysis Only media with Areas of Interests AOls will be available for analysis To open the media browser click the Select Media button on the Statis tics header or the Select Media button at the center of the Statistics window Select Media for Analysis in Project Scientific Project Group media by Test MediaType AOIGroup Participant Selected Media Remove All Only media with Areas of Interests AOls can
275. s the rules described in the pre vious paragraph row settings In the AOI metric summary columns the N value represents the number of recordings x the total number of AOls i e all AOls in cluded in all media elements Time to First Fixation TFF Measured in seconds 9 4 2 2 Brief description The time from the start of the media display until the test participant fixates on the AOI or AOI group for the first time seconds 9 4 2 3 Aligning the metric starting time with the AOls active starting point in time To start counting at the same time an AOI becomes active 1 Inthe Areas of Interest tab move the Time indicator slider to the key frame where the AOI becomes active 2 Note the current time displayed above the video controls 3 Inthe Statistics tab on the toolbar click the Media time button the Media Time dialog opens 4 Inthe Media Time dialog enter the AOls start time you just noted and click Done O Changing the data collection Starting Time will affect all metrics in the table 9 4 3 Time to First Fixation Across media This metric measures how long it takes before a test participant fixates on an active AOI or AOI group for the first time The time measurement starts when the media containing the AOI is first displayed For AOI groups the time measurement starts when a media containing an AOI member of the group is first displayed The AOls do not have to be active for the time measurement to star
276. s videos To export the videos 1 Click the Export Movie button on the Replay header 2 Inthe Batch Export dialog box start by choosing the folder where you want to export the videos to Type the folder path or click the button to browse to the folder location File settings User camera settings Output folder C Users mpHocal Documents WZ Enable user camera PiP Opacity Sep n ae v Enable user sound Size 320x240 X Export segments from Current recording All recordings in current test All recordings in all tests Export recordings Current recording All recordings in current test Al recordings for all tests AVI encoder Video codec Microsoft Video 1 x Edt Hint Position the PiP user camera position by dragging it within Frame rate 15 the window oE 3 Select to export one of the following e Export segments from Current recording All recordings in current test All recordings in all tests e Export recordings Current recording All recordings in current test All recordings in all tests 4 Enable disable the user camera and sound from the video export 48 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US Select the user camera opacity size and location You can change its location by dragging it around Select the codec you want to use to produce the video Type or select the frame rate of the video export Oo Noa
277. selected media W Areas of Interest AOI Groups E 7 emotional face wo a F neutral faces Individual AOls v amp DrawAngry JPG ReadingandFaces V DrawAngryEyes J neutral eyes a v F DrawHappy JPG ReadingandFaces v DrawHappyEyes a V neutral eyes a v P DrawSad JPG ReadingandFaces DrawSadEyes neutral eyes neutral eyes_2 a Check Uncheck E Show Not on AOF AOI groups are listed first and are separated from individual AOls by a list divider Each AOI group row contains the name of the group a check box where you can toggle selection of the group for analysis and the color used to display the group in charts The color of an AOI group can be edited by clicking the color button and selecting a color from the color palette AOI groups will only be available for analysis if all the media containing the AOI groups are selected User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 89 The individual AOls are displayed per selected media in a two level collapsible list The first level contains the media and the test names and the second level a list of the individual AOls belonging to that media Each AOI row contains the AOI name a check box that you can select or clear for AOI analysis and the color used to display the AOI in charts The color of an AOI can be edited by clicking the color button and selecting a color from the color palette
278. selected visualization heat map gaze plot or cluster on a transparent background 2 Inthe Save Image dialog box select the folder and type the file name 3 Select the type of image file JPEG or PNG and then click Save To export an animated visualization to an avi file 1 Click the Export button on the Visualization header and select Animated Visualization This is available for gaze plots heat maps and clusters You can create a video AVI with animated gaze plots heat maps or clusters overlaid on a stat ic image or a video 2 Inthe Save Image dialog box select the folder and type the file name 3 Click Save The movie file is exported and a notification box appears Click Open output folder to browse for the ex ported file or click Done to close it To export a list of the Recording Segment Durations to a txt file 1 Click the Export button on the Visualization header and select Recording Segment Durations 2 Inthe Save Image dialog box select the folder and type the file name 3 Click Save A ixt file is created containing a list of all the recording segment durations 7 8 1 Batch export You can use this feature to batch export visualization image files with multiple participant filters from only the current media from all the media within a single Tobii Studio Test or all the media from all the tests included in the current project To batch export visualization images 1 Click the Export button on the V
279. ser interface The me dia setup dialog box opens To name the Web element 1 The software uses Web Element as the default name You can change it by clicking in the Element Name field delet ing the existing text and typing a new name To add a start URL and change the browser settings 1 Click the Start URL field and type a URL or a local computer address you do not need to type hitp 2 Select whether you want to launch the browser using a fixed browser size or in full screen mode Skip steps 3 and 4 if you select Fullscreen 3 Set the browser s starting location on the screen by typing values in pixels The top left point of the screen has the coor dinates 0 0 and the browser s origin is the top left point of the browser window For example by typing Left 0 and Top 0 the top left corner of the browser is in the top left corner of the screen 4 Type the width and height of the browser window in pixels To specify how to stop the Web element recording 1 Select the End recording after check box to set a time limit for the Web element session in seconds This is calculated from the moment the screen recording starts Please take into consideration that depending on how long it takes for the browser to start up and for the page to load the time the participant gets exposed to the stimuli varies 2 If you choose not to select End recording after you end the web element and move to the next media element on th
280. should change this and try to use one of the other options if you experience problems such as the image freezing during the recording or preview etc e Good to be used if the hardware system used does not meet the system requirements please refer to the System Recommendations document that can be found on the Tobii website at http www tobii com under the Support amp Downloads section and if you have trouble using the Optimal setting such as the image freezing during the recording or preview etc Typical timing results on recommended systems lt 50ms or better e Compatible is the image timing settings used in Tobii Studio 3 0 x versions and lower This is to be used only if you ex perience problems in using both Optimal and Good options or when you are replicating a study that was performed us ing an earlier version of Tobii Studio 3 0 x or lower and you wish to compare the results Please note that the following features are not supported with this option e Light sensor box Stim Tracker e Display lag adjustment The display lag adjustment feature enables you to correct the ImageStart event timestamps event that represents the instant Tobii Studio recorded as the start of an image presentation and minimize the offset introduced by the monitor performance More specifically it is used to account for the vertical synch frequency cycles of the screen controller card of your monitor Most monitors will take the period of at least 1
281. sound check box to enable user sound recording and choose the microphone used to record the user form the Audio Source drop down list 138 12 General Settings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US To enable live viewing 1 Select the Enable live viewing check box to enable the local Remote Viewer If this option is unchecked you will not be able to open the local Remote Viewer window 2 Select the Enable remote viewing check box to use Studio Logger Remote Viewer If this option is unchecked you will not be able to view the Remote Viewer window in the Remote Desktop pane of Studio Logger When remote viewing is enabled you can choose to allow Tobii Studio to connect to several Studio Logger clients sev eral computers running the Studio logger Select the Use multicast check box to create a multicast IP address and ena ble multicasting The IP address is displayed in the Multicast IP address field Select the Sound and Camera image check boxes to enable broadcasting of the user camera image and sound to Stu dio Logger 12 2 2 Eye Tracker browser and hardware settings The Eye Tracker tab allows you to select and connect to the eye tracker connected to the Tobii Studio computer as well as configure the connection to old eye tracker models update the eye tracker firmware and configure the X Series Eye Tracker setup Screen and Video Capture Eye Tracker Calibration I Fixation Fitters I Recording Miscellaneous
282. study conducted the settings in the I VT filter can be adjusted to better suit the particular study to get finer grained fixation data or to compensate for high levels of noise It is strongly recommended that you use the VelocityChart application to examine the effects of the filter settings when setting the parameters in the I VT fixation filter The data processing functions within the I VT fixation filter are described in the sections below For additional information about the fixation filters please read the following Tobii whitepapers that can be found on i Tobii website under the Library section e Tobii l VT Fixation Filter Algorithm Description e Determining the Tobii I VT Fixation Filter s Default Values 6 1 1 Gap fill in interpolation Default for I VT The purpose of the Gap fill in function is to fill in data where valid data is missing For example this is to prevent a fixation in which a few samples are missing as being interpreted as two separate fixations Such loss of valid data can occur due to tempo rary reflections in the participant s eyes or glasses etc In these cases the data loss is usually limited to a short period of time typically less than 50 ms Data can also be lost due to legitimate reasons such as the participant blinking or looking away These kinds of data losses usually result in data gaps longer than 100 ms Losing data in these latter cases may be perfectly fine for applications of eye
283. t Time measurement stops when the participant fixates on the AOI if the AOI is active For AOI groups the time measure ment stops when the participant fixates on any of the active AOls belonging to the group If during the recording media containing the same AOI is displayed several times with media not containing the AOI in be tween Time to First Fixation Across media will be the sum of all recorded media time until the participant fixated on the AOI while the AOI is Active Recording time for media not containing the AOI is included in the calculations If the participant has not fixated on the AOI at the end of the recording the Time to First Fixation value will not be computed and that recording will therefore not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing the N value User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 97 i When browsing a website or PDF document each visited web URL and PDF page will become a unique media element 1 If the Web Groups tool is used to group two or more URLs the group and not the URL will become a unique media element Time to First Fixation TFF Across Media Measured in seconds ar Fixations on media size indicates duration TFF on AOI C in Media 2 TFF on AOI A in Media 1 9 4 3 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descriptive statistics such as the
284. t and of user generated independent variables such as gender and age These variables can be used to create partic ipant groups and filter the eye tracking data by these groups when producing visualizations or metric based descriptive statistics 4 2 1 Creating participants Participant data is stored under the project level in the Tobii Studio hierarchical system Participant information thus only needs to be entered once and a certain participant would be able to have multiple recordings and take different tests as long as the tests belong to the same Tobii Studio project Participant data can be exported as a tab delimited TXT file and this file can then be imported into Microsoft Excel or other statistical software of your choice To create participants before performing a recording 1 Either go to Tools on the menu bar click Participants and then click Manage Participants or click the Setup drop down button next to the Test button and then click Manage Participants 2 Inthe Manage Participants dialog box under the Participants tab click New 30 4 Designing and Recording Tests User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 3 Inthe Create Participant dialog box in the Participant Name field type the participant s name or other form of identifica tion that you will use to refer to the participant 4 lf you have already created independent variables and know the information about the participant select the correct val u
285. t or by selecting the Im age option and locating an image file on your computer To choose how the instruction element ends and moves to the next element select one of the following options from the Properties area e View time The Instruction screen will be displayed until the set time duration expires To set the duration select a pre determined time value in seconds in the View Time field e Mouse click The Instruction screen will be displayed until the mouse is clicked by either the test participant or the test leader e Key press The Instruction screen will be displayed until a key on the keyboard is pressed by either the test participant or the test leader Click the Key press drop down list and select a key from the list Select the Show Mouse Cursor check box to display the mouse cursor on the screen during presentation of the Instruction Select Enable for visualizations to enable eye tracking during the presentation of the Instruction element During the record ing an image file of the Instruction is created This is used to create heat maps gaze plots AOls and more As a result selecting this option will make the project larger User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 13 4 1 2 2 Image An Image element is a media element that is used to present image files to the participant during a recording During the presen tation images are shown in actual size up to the screen s curren
286. t is controlled by the Window size parameter Each produced output data point is given the timestamp of the in put data point that was in the center of the window the median point of the input window the window size parameter must be an odd number In cases where the window is not entirely filled with input data points no output data will be produced The win dow may be short of data points due to the fact that the window stretches outside a data series with valid gaze or small frac tions of data points are missing within the window Typically the window stretches outside a valid data series at the beginning and end of a blink or at the beginning and end of a recording Loss of small fractions of data can occur as a result of temporary reflections occlusions etc and can partly be solved by using the Gap fill in function 6 1 1 Gap fill in interpolation Default for I VT 6 1 3 Velocity calculator Mandatory for I VT The Velocity calculator function assigns an angular velocity visual degrees second to each gaze data point Angular velocity refers to the angular velocity of the eyes relative to the stimuli rather than relative to the eyeballs The velocity calculator is man datory in the I VT fixation filter since the I VT fixation classifier operates on angular velocity The Velocity calculator function estimates the eyes angular velocity for each data point by dividing the angular difference be tween a preceding and a subsequent d
287. t resolution To add the element to the test 1 Drag the media element icon to the test workspace timeline indicated by the gray arrow in the user interface The me dia setup dialog box opens To name the Image element 1 The software uses the image file name minus the extension once the file is added to the element You can change the element name by clicking in the Element Name field and replacing the name To add an image file to an Image element 1 Click the Browse button to open Windows Explorer and browse to the image file you want to add to the test 2 Click the image file and then select Open to add the file to the Image element A preview of the image is shown below the Image Name field Select the Show Mouse Cursor check box if you wish to display the mouse cursor on the screen during presentation of the image 3 If the image does not take up the entire screen you can change the background color of the element by selecting a color from the Background color drop down list 4 Select the Mark as dummy media check box if you wish to exclude the image from analysis In other words the image will be shown during the presentation but it will not be possible to create AOls gaze plots or heat map for the image To choose how the image element ends and moves to the next element select one of the following options from the Properties area e View time The Image element will be displayed until the set time duration expir
288. tDuration Duration of an eye movement event Milliseconds FixationPointX MCSpx Horizontal coordinate of the fixation point on Pixels MCSpx the media Column empty if e Fixation is outside media e Media is covered e No media is displayed This column is affected by the settings in the Fixation Filter Tab in Global Settings FixationPointY MCSpx Vertical coordinate of the fixation point on Pixels MCSpx the media Column empty if e Fixation is outside media e Media is covered e No media is displayed This column is affected by the settings in the Fixation Filter Tab in Global Settings AOI Name of AOI Hit Report whether the AOI is active and Empty 1 0 1 whether the fixation is located inside of the AOI e Empty the media on which the AOI is positioned is inactive e 1 AOI Inactive e 0 AOl active the fixation is not lo cated in the AOI e 1 AOl active and the fixation point is located inside of the AOI Enabling this column generates one column per AOI 10 10 8 Gaze tracking data This group of data types provides unprocessed eye gaze data with the exception of averaging the coordinates of both eyes for data types where the data is not provided separately for left and right eye Gaze tracking data Description Format Reference system GazePointIndex Represents the order in which the gaze Count sample was acquired by Tobii Studio from an eye tracker The index is an auto
289. ter bcdedit deletevalue IncreaseUserVa then restart your computer 12 2 Tobii Studio Global Settings dialog box The Global Settings dialog box contains important settings that affect data recording and analysis across all Tobii Studio proj ects Consequently if you change the settings for one project these changes will affect the subsequent recordings and analy ses in Tobii Studio even if you switch to a different project If you wish to repeat tests or analysis or simply replicate tests from a previous Tobii Studio project make sure you note the different settings used in the test The Global Settings dialog box can be opened in two different ways from the Design and Record tab click the Setup drop down menu and select Settings or click Tools on the Tobii Studio menu bar and select Settings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 12 General Settings 137 12 2 1 Screen and video capture settings The first tab in the Global Settings dialog box the Screen and Video Capture tab has various settings for configuring the video recordings from the screen capture and user camera the user sound and allows you to enable local and remote Remote Viewers The halftone video scaling option determines how the video is scaled if the Remote Viewer window size is changed Halftoning is a technique used to make 24 bit color gradients look better on 256 color displays Halftoning normally increases the size of graphics files If the
290. terest tab This section describes basic operations that have to do with replaying the media on which you are creating dynamic AOls If the media is static such as an image or a pdf neither a timeline nor replay controls will be available in the user interface You can use Keyboard shortcuts to control the Media replay Please read section 8 16 Shortcut commands in the Areas of Interest tool 8 4 1 Media replay controls in the Areas of Interest tab To be able to create dynamic AOls dynamic media can be replayed in the Areas of Interest tab The media replay is controlled by the replay control buttons to the left of the media timeline To control the media replay e To replay the media click the Play button e To rewind the media to its starting point click the Rewind button e To step frame by frame in the media click the Step backwards or Step forward buttons e To jump between AOI keyframes click the Previous keyframe or the Next keyframe buttons 8 4 2 Zooming the media timeline To zoom in or out on the media timeline e Inthe bottom right hand corner of the Areas of Interest tab user interface click the Zoom in out buttons to zoom in or out The timeline and zoom in out buttons are only visible when the media type is dynamic 8 5 Changing the size of an existing AOI Whenever you change the size of an AOI it will either change an existing Keyframe or create a new Keyframe if the shape that is resized is in between
291. the Additional checkbox if you want to add additional characters to the file name Click Done a Ff ON User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 10 Exporting Data 119 10 7 Saving the data export output file To save the data export output file 1 On the Data Export toolbar click the Export Data button to open the Browse For Folder dialog 2 Inthe Browse For Folder dialog navigate the appropriate folder for the data export output file and click OK You can create a new folder in the currently selected folder by clicking the Make New Folder button 10 8 Saving and Loading Data Export Settings Data export settings can be saved to be used in later or in other projects The saved settings include e Data types selected e Output number of files One single file Individual files e File name configuration for Individual files export e Column order e Cell format The data set selection is not saved in the settings To save Data Export settings 1 Make sure current settings are correct 2 To open the save current settings dialog click the Save Settings button on the Data Export toolbar 3 Inthe Save current settings dialog enter a settings name and click OK To load a Data Export setting 1 On the Data Export toolbar click the Load Settings button A drop down menu appears 2 Inthe drop down menu locate the proper settings and click it to apply the settings Note There is a number of prede fined Data Export set
292. the hh mm ss ms values to set the start of the interval Alterna tively you can use the arrows in the field to increase or decrease the time values The time format is hours minutes sec onds milliseconds 2 Set the duration of the interval by clicking in the Duration field and typing the hh mm ss ms values As in the Start field you can use the arrows in the field to increase or decrease the time values 3 Lock unlock the Start and Duration values by clicking the corresponding lock icon used for setting a same value for the Start and or Duration for each recording and media If you set a Start time and then lock it when choosing a different recording from the list or a different media the Start value stays the same Please note that if you have locked one of the Start or Duration you can still modify their respective values By selecting a smaller time window some recordings might be excluded from the visualization altogether 7 8 Exporting gaze plots heat maps and clusters Visualizations can be exported as image files or as animated movies that show where people have fixated over time To export a visualization image 1 Click the Export button on the Visualization header and select one of the following e Visualization Image exports an image of the current media background together with the selected visualization heat map gaze plot or cluster as an overlay e Visualization Layer Image exports an image of the current
293. the original Tobii Studio recording or any other application to the par ticipant on the screen of the computer running Tobii Studio Or it can also be used as an external sound recorder replacement during the interview The RTA recordings will be available in the recordings list in the Replay view for playback and further analysis To make an RTA recording in Tobii Studio 1 If there is no microphone already connected and configured connect a microphone to the computer and then go to the Tools menu on Tobii Studio s menu bar and click Settings 2 On the Screen and Video Capture tab enable user sound recording by selecting the Record user sound check box and then selecting your audio source click the Audio Source drop down box and select the appropriate microphone Click OK to accept the changes or Cancel to close the window and disregard the changes On the Replay tab select the recording in the Recordings list that you wish to show the participant during the RTA or to associate with the RTA recording Click the RTA icon on the Replay header In the Start Retrospective Think Aloud Recording dialog box enter a name for the recording in the Recording Name field If you do not enter a name for the recording Tobii Studio will name it automatically by using the name of the recording you have selected in step 4 and adding RTA as a suffix 7 Click Start Recording to start the RTA session Above the Replay header a light gray tab ind
294. the recording computer and that Remote Viewing is enabled 3 Inthe Tobii Studio Remote Viewer application enter the IP address of the recording computer in the IP address text field and click Connect i The Tobii Studio Remote Viewer remembers the last 5 IP numbers and presents them in the IP address drop down list text field 132 11 Tobii Studio Remote Viewer User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US Tip To find the IP address of the recording computer using the command prompt 1 Onthe recording computer click the Windows Start button select Run You can also press Win R to open Run 2 Type CMD and press Enter 3 A Command prompt window will open Type ipconfig and press Enter 4 Several lines of information will be displayed The IP address is on a line where it says IPv4 Address and looks like 149 72 61 234 For Windows 7 without using the command prompt 1 Inthe system tray click the network connection icon and select Open Network and Sharing Center 2 To view the IP address of e Wired connection click Local Area Connection e Wireless adapter click Wireless Network Connection Network Name 3 Click Details The IP address is on a line where it says IPv4 Address and looks like 149 72 61 234 In order to provide a smooth streaming the Remote Viewer buffers about 10 seconds worth of data before presenting it on screen This means that what is seen on the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer sc
295. ther advantage of using this method is that given the choice of threshold its results are intuitive and predictable For example e Distant outliers will be represented as small clusters or discarded if no other neighboring point is present at the current threshold distance e Large regions of uniform density of gaze data points will display one cluster User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 7 Visualizing Eye Tracking Data 73 e In areas where there is a bimodal distribution of gaze data points the cluster visualization will show a single cluster if the modes for each distribution are within the selected threshold distance and 2 clusters if the modes are further apart than the threshold distance A Santella and D DeCarlo 2004 Robust Clustering of Eye Movement Recordings for Quantification of Visual Interest In Pro ceedings of the 2004 symposium on Eye tracking research amp applications pages 1 8 ACM New York NY USA 7 7 Using the timeline The timeline below the visualization shows the total time the media was displayed during the recording If the participants have different view times e g when browsing a website or a PDF document the longest view time is used to determine the timeline scale The duration of each individual recording is indicated by a colored dot that is coded with the color shown next to the re cording in the Recordings list You can see below the image illustrating the timeline and its main components
296. ticipant fixates on the media before fixating on an AOI or AOI group for the first time The fixation count starts when the media containing the AOI is first displayed and it stops when the participant fixates on the AOI When using AOI groups the fixation count stops when the participant fixates on any of the AOls belonging to the group If during the recording the same media is displayed several times with other media in between only the fixations on the media containing the AOI are counted fixations on the other media are excluded from the calculations i The activation state active inactive of the AOI does not affect the counting starting point Even if the AOI is inac tive counting will be started If at the end of the recording the participant has not fixated on the AOI the Fixation Before value will not be computed and that recording will thus not be included in the descriptive statistics calculations e g when computing N i When browsing a website or PDF document each visited web URL and PDF page will become a unique media element 1 If the Web Groups tool is used to group two or more URLs the group and not the URL will become a unique media element Fixation Before Measured in counts 1 a p Sa 7 n C Py o Bi 9 dy Le lt hs cp 8 A ep a QL ww 15 ap Fixations on media size indicates duration 9 4 4 1 N value This statistic describes the N value used to calculate other descr
297. timestamp shows the time when a specif ic gaze data sample was sampled by the eye tracker The value should be interpreted as a value counted in microseconds from some unknown point in time Microseconds User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 10 Exporting Data 125 10 10 6 Recording Event Data This group of data types provides data describing events generated by the participant the user and Tobii Studio logged during the recording The index is an auto in crement number starting with 1 first event detected Recording event data Description Format Reference system MouseEventIndex Represents the order in which a mouse click event Count was recorded The index is an auto increment number starting at 1 first mouse event detected MouseEvent Mouse click type Left button and Right button MouseEventX ADCSpx Horizontal coordinate of the mouse event location on Pixels ADCSpx the screen MouseEventY ADCSpx Vertical coordinate of the mouse event location on the Pixels ADCSpx screen MouseEventX MCSpx Horizontal coordinate of the mouse event location on Pixels MCSpx the media element MouseEventY MCSpx Vertical coordinate of the mouse event location on the Pixels MCSpx media element KeyPressEventlndex Represents the order in which a key press event was Count recorded The index is an auto increment number starting with 1 first key press event detected KeyPressEv
298. ting Bee SWarms ccceeeeeeeennnee eect e tetra nae e eee Annaa HARA DEAE KNARAS ERAR AANAA AANA RA Enin 65 7 5 Creating heat Maps seisid coeat einai ne cde teva su ke a a aa E sah stnsaevensteadesatevehseueaeteiilovegeas 65 7 5 1 Customizing heat Maps eee ansarin iai aiiin Anii essri 66 7 5 2 How are heat maps Calculated ass iiririsrsesitrrariisiananiiics niria neka NEINA NAAN ER 67 7 6 Creating ClUStCrs toc2ces test stis deaan ea EEEE AE Eaa ESAE AEE AEE aa AA EE ENE aE ESE aaa S 69 7 6 1 CUSTOMIZING CIUSTES iriiritia ana e NE E Eriin 70 7 6 2 How are clusters Calculated P ucisa n E AA ARS 71 7 7 USING HE LIMON AG erron nnna E EAEE ER 74 7 7 1 Selecting data from a time interval ssssssssssssrrsssssrrinssrntrinnrrnnnnnuntnannnnnnannnnnaannnnnannn 74 7 8 Exporting gaze plots heat maps and clusters ssssssssssesrrsrrrrerrrrrrrnrrrnrunruesrrnnrrnrrnnnrnnrrnanneean 75 7 8 1 Batch expor aiie aaa aaa EE AA a AAE EE E aA 75 7 9 Copying Visualization Images to Clipboard 20 0 ce ceee cece eeeee cece eee tees ee aae eres eeaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaeeeesaaaaees 76 Creating and Managing Areas of Interest scncstincimiunniveusietinnmaniinanmnaammaadndin 77 8 1 Drawing AQIS ssisisacessentaanepses tavtectessanecensianeteni E EE E 78 8 2 Editing the shape of an existing AOL ccccsseeeeeenneeeee tena a aeS R SAT Ra 78 8 3 Changing the time interval in which an AOI collects data the Activation state of an AOI 79 8 4 Basic m
299. tings in Tobii Studio described in the following section 10 9 Predefined data export settings Tobii Studio provides a number of predefined settings that are relevant from a user application perspective The following sec tions will describe all available predefined settings To load a predefined data export setting 1 On the Data Export toolbar click the Load Settings button A drop down menu appears 2 Inthe drop down menu locate the proper settings and click it to apply the settings 10 9 1 Coding Scheme Events predefined settings Export events that have been manually logged Created Log Entries in Tobii Studio This setting is applicable for all types of re cordings including Tobii Glasses Column Included data type 1 ParticipantName RecordingName RecordingDate StudioTestName MediaName RecordingTimestamp OOA O N 120 10 Exporting Data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US Column Included data type 7 StudioEvent 8 StudioEventData 10 9 2 AOI Gaze events predefined settings Export gaze events fixations saccades for each AOI Column Included data type 1 ParticipantName RecordingName RecordingDate FixationFilter StudioTestName MediaName RecordingTimestamp GazeEventType GazeEventDuration 0 NI oI AIA OIN AOl Name of AOI Hit 10 9 3 Media gaze eve
300. tions check box to show fixations in the chart 4 Select the Show Velocity check box to show the angular velocity Only applicable using the I VT fixation filter 5 Type in the number of data points to include in the chart in the Max samples field Li Maximum number is 4000 Charting always starts at the first sample To plot recordings longer than 4000 samples or segments of recordings further into the recording than 4000 samples export gaze velocity and fixation data from Ve locityChart see 14 2 4 Exporting gaze velocity and fixation data from VelocityChart and plot data in Excel SPSS Matlab etc 6 Set the scale on the Y axis by typing in the maximum Y value in the Set Max Y field 14 2 4 Exporting gaze velocity and fixation data from VelocityChart The VelocityChart application enables velocity data to be exported All data processing function parameters are presented in the header of the text export The output format of the text export is a tab separated text file This format can be opened using Ex cel SPSS Matlab or any other text editor of your choice To export gaze velocity and fixation data from VelocityChart 1 From the File menu choose Text Export 2 Inthe Save fixation filter configuration to file dialog select location and enter the file name for text export file 3 Click Save The exported data is presented in the table below Column name Description Unit Index Indexes for the data points
301. tivated clear E Use smooth scrolling 4 1 2 5 Screen Recording The Screen Recording media element is used to record the screen and gaze activity of the participants when using an applica tion on the computer running Tobii Studio It is intended for use with low intensity graphics applications such as word process ors or PowerPoint For applications that are more graphic intensive such as high quality movies or computer games use the Movie or External Video media element instead During a screen recording the participant is free to use any type of application on the computer To add the element to the test 1 Drag the media element icon to the test workspace timeline indicated by the gray arrow in the user interface The me dia setup dialog box opens To name the Screen Recording element 1 The software uses Screen Recording Element as the default name You can change it by clicking in the Element Name field deleting the existing text and typing a new name To select the application you want to test User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 4 Designing and Recording Tests 17 1 Optionally select the Run command check box this check box is automatically checked when the path for the execut able file is entered either by typing the target path or by clicking the Browse button and select the executable file Type the target path of the executable file of the program you want to run or click the Browse button
302. to be allowed to communicate over the network Please consult your firewall manual for further information on how to open ports and allow applications to access the network 11 10 2 Tobii Studio Remote Viewer LAN requirements Transfer of video and audio over a network requires a high bandwidth When using the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer it is re quired to use a gigabit network that supports Jumbo frames Ideally the network should be devoted to the transfer of data between the computer running Tobii Studio and the computer running the Tobii Studio Remote Viewer Jumbo frames are Ethernet frames with more than 1500 bytes of payload Many Gigabit Ethernet switches and Gigabit Ethernet network interface cards support jumbo frames 134 11 Tobii Studio Remote Viewer User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 12 General Settings Prior to a test session it is important to ensure that both the Tobii Studio software and the computer have been set up correctly This ensures that the eye tracker will be able to communicate with Tobii Studio that the stimulus is correctly displayed on the screen and that data recording and analysis are performed according to your study objectives This is particularly relevant if the eye tracking system is being used simultaneously in different studies or research projects and when different users have differ ent requirements for their tests and analysis 12 1 Computer settings The Tobii T Series Eye Trackers are i
303. to display the cluster For instructions on how to customize the appearance of the clusters please read 7 6 7 Customizing clusters 5 You can export the visualization image the clusters image or the animated visualization by clicking the Export button on the Visualizations header For detailed instructions please read 7 8 Exporting gaze plots heat maps and clusters 6 Generate AOls based on clusters by right clicking the cluster image and selecting Export Clusters to AOls The new AOls will be displayed in the Areas of Interest list 7 6 1 Customizing clusters The size and number of clusters in the image are affected by the Distance threshold settings The Distance threshold parameter is a spatial value that determines the minimum distance between two different clusters for more details read 7 6 2 How are clusters calculated 9 To change the percent information and the distance threshold 1 Inthe Settings area on the right side panel choose from the Percent dropdown list one of the following e Participants displays the percentage of participants that have contributed with gaze data to the cluster e Recordings displays the percentage of recordings that have contributed with gaze data to the cluster 2 Drag the Threshold slider to set the distance threshold To change the font of the labels 1 Inthe Appearance amp Style area on the right side panel choose the font from the Font Family dropdown list Select the Font Style
304. to filter the recordings according to participant groups and or segment groups By default no filters are applied meaning that the default selections are e All Participants for the Participant Groups e Full Recordings for the Segment Groups To create a new participant group Click the Participant Group drop down list This opens the Participant Groups list Click Create new participant group The New Participant Group dialog box opens Type a group name in the Participant Group Name field gt a ON Click an independent variable in the Variables list and select the values you wish to include in the participant group by selecting the check boxes in the Values list 5 You can choose to filter by one independent variable or a combination of several independent variables e g the group young Danish women can be created by using the independent variable combination age nationality and gender In or der to create a multivariable group repeat step 4 for other variables you wish to use to describe the group 88 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 6 Click OK to create or Cancel to dismiss the new group To select a participant group 1 Click the Participant Group drop down list button This opens the Participant Groups list 2 Under Participant Groups select an existing group by clicking the group The list of recordings will be updated automati cally showing on
305. tor Mandatory for J V Forsirisirrrsicnrrisirniin aaa 54 6 1 4 I VT fixation classifier Mandatory for l VT nrsssirsrrrrnssanrrinerrarnninrirnirninnnaanninserinnnannena 54 6 1 5 Merge adjacent fixations Default for VT s sriiisriirniinrirrerinrnrnririnrsri ninnisin 55 6 1 6 Discard short fixations Default for l VT o oo eect teeter rear eee eens senses anes aa eeeeaae need 55 6 2 Tobi Erxation Fieiro dnn E EE S EENE E EESE EE 56 6 3 ClearView Fixation Filter ccceeeeecseeeeeeeeneeeeeeee aa ee eee ee ea eeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaeeeseeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaees 56 6 4 Raw Data Fiter sinss teiten vencdhabetuagita R e aa Ai ae a Ea 57 6 4 1 Gap fill in interpolation Not default for Raw data filter 0 cccceceeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 57 6 4 2 Noise reduction sesso roren a a aE ETEA hewideqaaay nde nanauisdvienaume stuns 57 NRE Eye Tracking Dalarna neus n aar Uaa de aaa aco Aa UE AE Aa NOE CAS 59 7 1 SOlSCtinig Media eaka aa a eaa e aaa Ei a Aa ETET aE 60 7 1 1 Grouping WED page Sairi essorer aiin a nisrani E i ia aina iiSi ensa iie 60 7 2 OGIECHNGTECOPCIN GS iisi rnanera E aE Ea EE NE EE AEE EEE NE 61 7 2 1 Using independent variables and segment groups to filter recordings s src 62 7 3 Customizing the appearance of the Legend AOls and Mouse Clicks ssseeeeeeeerneennn 63 7 4 Gre ting gaze plots saisisit snio piira spi a aE Eh EEEa a EnEn aa ENEE Aa NEKI 63 7 4 1 CUSTOMIZING GaZe PlOtS kasii oee EEEE E a 64 7 4 2 Crea
306. ts data the Activation state of an AOI AOls can be active or inactive throughout different parts of the timeline During active intervals the AOI will collect eye gaze data During inactive intervals the AOI will not collect eye gaze data The appearance of the timeline indicates the activation state of a selected AOI A dotted line indicates that the AOI data collection is deactivated and a solid line indicates that the AOI data collection is activated When replaying dynamic media the inactive AOls will be hidden during the replay even if the visibility state is set to visible To change the time interval in which an AOI is active inactive collects data or not 1 Inthe Areas of Interest pane select the appropriate AOI 2 Drag the time indicator slider to the point in time where you want to change the AOI activation state i If the time indicator slider is placed in between two Keyframes when you change the activation state a new Keyframe will be created If you place the time indicator slider on top of a Keyframe the Keyframe will be edited To move between Keyframes use the Next Previous Keyframe buttons next to the media replay control buttons 3 Change the state of the AOI Activation by selecting or deselecting the Activation check box e To activate AOI data collection select the Activation check box e To deactivate AOI data collection deselect the Activation check box 8 4 Basic media replay operations in the Areas of In
307. tudio Projects 11 4 Designing and Recording Tests The workflow for designing tests performing recordings and analyzing data using Tobii Studio is as follows 1 You start by designing and recording the test on the Design and Record tab Under the Replay tab you can view and edit the recording as well as code events Different types of visualizations Gaze Plots Heat Maps and Clusters can be created under the Visualization tab Define areas of interest under the Areas of Interest tab Calculate and display eye tracking metrics based on AOI s using theStatistics tab oa fF ON Optionally you can export the gathered data using the Data Export tab Design amp 2 Replay Visualizations gt eee Statistics Record Interest In this chapter we will focus on how to design and record tests using the Design and Record tab After you create a project and test you start by accessing the Design and Record tab This tab contains tools for e designing tests e managing participant data e performing calibrations and recording eye gaze e media presentation data From the Design and Record tab you can also minimize Tobii Studio to the system tray by choosing from the main menu View gt Minimize to System Tray i Please note that the Minimize to System Tray option under the View menu is accessible on from the Design and Re cord tab 4 1 Creating and editing tests Tobii Studio tests are composed of media elements that are organize
308. ult for I VT The purpose of the Merge adjacent fixations function is to merge fixations that have been incorrectly split into multiple fixations Noise and other disturbances can cause the I VT classifier to incorrectly classify data points that should belong to a fixation as not being part of it This will split the fixation into multiple fixations which are all located close together The Merge adjacent fixa tions function can be set to merge these multiple fixations into one fixation The Merge adjacent fixations function has two threshold parameters e Max time between fixations defines the maximum time interval between separate fixations that should be merged The default value of Max time between fixations is 75 ms which is less time than participants will need to perform a fixation elsewere and then revisit the area of the previous fixation Saloj rvi et Al 2005 e Max angle between fixations defines the maximum visual angle of the eyes between separate fixations that should be merged The default value of Max angle between fixations is 0 5 degrees which is to compensate for normal noise levels while not losing too much fine grained fixation data Additionally the 0 5 degrees value allows to filter out micro saccades Komogortsev et al 2010 which usaually have amplitude of 0 5 degrees or less Yarbus 1967 Saloj rvi J Puolamaki K Simola J Kovanen L Kojo l and Kaski S 2005 Inferring relevance from eye movements Feature ex
309. ult of Tobii Glasses only recording one eye left or Strict average will not provide data for visualizations and statistics 5 Depending on the fixation filter that you choose at step 3 perform the filter specific settings according to the detailed description in the following sections for each type of filter e I VT Fixation Filter e ClearView Fixation Filter e Tobii Fixation Filter e Raw Data Filter 6 To save the filter configuration click the Save filter config button enter a file name and location and then click Save 7 Click Apply to apply the changes and or OK to accept the changes and close the Global Settings dialog box Saved filter settings can be used at a later point in time by clicking the Load filter config and then loading a previously saved fil ter configuration file e As previously mentioned the fixation filter affects how gaze plots heat maps clusters and eye tracking metrics are calculated Choosing a fixation filter does not modify the raw gaze data recorded by Tobii Studio and you can therefore change the filter settings without affecting the original data recorded e You can use the Velocity Chart to tune the IVT Fixation Filter and the Raw Data Filter For details please read 14 2 VelocityChart Visualizing eye tracking data on a timeline 6 1 l VT Fixation Filter The general idea behind an I VT filter is to classify eye movements based on the velocity of the directional shifts of the eye
310. uration on different locations in the image and can be used for example to measure the amount of attention or cognitive proc essing dedicated to different elements in the stimuli Each fixation made by each participant adds color values to the fix ation map according to its duration in seconds Relative duration fixation duration divided by the stimuli viewing time in each recording The Relative Duration heat map displays the accumulated fixation duration on the different elements in the image relative to the total image viewing time In other words if in recording A the participant looked at the image for 10 seconds and at a specific object for 3 seconds and in recording B the participant looked at the image for 10 minutes and at the specific object for 3 minutes then the data from recording A and recording B will have the same weight on the final heat map This type of heat map should be used when the view time per stimulus is not fixed such as during a web usability study where participants typ ically spend different amounts of time on each web page Each fixation made by each participant adds a duration value to the fixation map and the values are divided by the participant s view time The relative values for each participant are then added and the maximum value will be used to apply the color distribution mapping for more details read 7 5 2 How are heat maps calculated To change the variable represented in the heat map 1
311. use the right eye s gaze data only e f either the Left or the Right option is selected only the data that is collected from the left or the right eye is used for the fixation classification The data from one eye will only be used if the eye tracker is certain that the data col lected in a sample is from the selected eye see table below However there is one exception if only one eye was detected during calibration all samples collected during a recording will be assumed to be associated to the eye detected during the calibration If during the calibration only one eye was detected and two eyes are detected dur ing the recording only the data from the eye specified by this parameter will be used e The Average setting makes an average of the position data from the left and the right eye If only one eye is de tected it uses the data from that eye even if it is not completely sure which eye has been detected However if only one eye is detected and the eye tracker cannot at all determine which eye it is the data is discarded unless only one eye was detected during calibration If only one eye was detected during calibration and two eyes are detected during recording large offset errors can occur since the eye model created for the eye detected during the calibra tion will be applied also on the eye not present during calibration In the general case the left and right eyes are not identical e Unlike the Average setting the Strict averag
312. vailable in three editions Live Professional and Enterprise The table below shows the features available in each of the Tobii Studio editions Features Live Professional Enterprise Test Design Instruction stimuli Image stimuli 5 Movie stimuli Web stimuli e PDF stimuli s Questionnaire stimuli Scene camera External video Recording Eye gaze 7 e Independent variables d Stimuli related events e Keystrokes and mouse clicks s s Web page transitions and scrolling 7 Internet Explorer Event Logging s User video and sound G Local live viewer Remote live viewer over IP Retrospective Think Aloud RTA s 2 1 Introduction User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US Features Live Professional Enterprise Presentation Sequences g Replay Gaze replay s Video clips e Visualization Gaze plot e Heat map s e Areas of Interest AOls Automatic cluster AOls Statistics Descriptive statistics tables and e charts Data Filters Fixation filters s Raw data visualization amp export un filtered gaze data User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 1 Introduction 3 2 installing and Updating Tobii Studio The objective of this chapter is to instruct you in how to install and update Tobii Studio on th
313. ve Cut off fixations will affect all descriptive statistics relating to time e Dynamic AOls can move along user defined paths on the media This means that a dynamic AOI following its path can potentially move to cover an already ongoing fixation Only the fixation data points from the interval where the active AOI covers the fixation will be collected The same is true if the AOI moves away from on ongoing fixation The result of this is that fixations can be cut off when the AOI moves Cut off fixations will affect all descriptive statistics relating to time To add media to your analysis click the Add buttons next to the items in the media list or click Add all media to add all the media included in the Test Media Type AOI Group or Participant views depending how the media is organized When the mouse pointer is placed over an item in the media list a preview thumbnail of that item is displayed When you add a media item to the analysis it will be displayed in the Selected Media list A media item can be removed from the list by clicking the Remove button To clear the Selected Media list click Remove All All items selected on the left are dis played in the Select Media list User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 9 Calculating eye tracking metrics and statistics 87 When you are finished selecting the media click the Analyze Selected Media button to close the browser or Cancel to quit the media browser w
314. verlay settings 1 Untick the Draw Gaze Data and Draw Mouse Clicks check boxes to hide the gaze data and mouse clicks during play back of the recording 2 Drag the Opacity marker between Transparent and Opaque to adjust the opacity of data representation 3 Type or select the value for the gaze trail duration in seconds in the Trail Duration field 4 Click the Overlay color box to open a color palette and select the desired color of the gaze overlay To select which sound is played during the playback of the replay 1 Select Replay On to hear the test audio during playback 2 Select User Camera On to hear the audio from the user camera a microphone must be connected to the Tobii Studio computer and enabled during the recording The Snap to time markers option helps you when editing segments as it snap to the white time markers on the timeline when you drag to change the segment start or end point For details please read How to edit segments in 5 4 2 Generating seg ments manually 5 2 Performing a Retrospective Think Aloud recording Retrospective Think Aloud RTA is a commonly used technique in which the test leader follows up an eye tracking test with an interview during which the participant explains his her behavior during the test Tobii Studio s RTA feature allows you to conduct 40 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US and record an RTA interview while showing a playback of
315. vertical synch cycle e g a 60Hz monitor will take at least 16 6 ms until the whole im age on the screen is updated however the extent to which an image is buffered before being presented and the response time of the pixels can vary greatly between monitors The Frames and Milliseconds setting boxes can be used to change the value of the offset compensation for the Startlmage event timestamp Display lag frames changes the value by screen refresh cycle whereas the Display lag in milliseconds can be used to fine tune the offset compensation values When you change one of the settings the other will adjust accordingly To change the values click the adjustment arrows or type a value in the setting box i When this feature is activated it will affect the ImageStart event timestamps of your recordings Make sure you disable it if you are running tests where you do not want or need to adjust for the display lag If you are using a CRT monitor to display your stimulus you should deactivate this feature 12253 Light Sensor Trigger Settings The light sensor trigger feature enables you to automatically add black or white squares to stimuli images during the image pre sentation These black and white squares will be used to trigger the light sensor of the Cedrus StimTracker for TX300 Eye Tracker or other supported systems This functionality is currently only applicable for image stimuli If other types of stimuli are available on the recording timeline a
316. xations is affected by the fixation filters settings By changing the settings or the type of the fixation filter you change the way a single fixation is defined i e how many individual gaze points a fixation will be com posed of and as a consequence both count and duration values change 9 4 1 Descriptive statistics Descriptive statistics are used to present the data values calculated by each eye tracking metric The meaning and value of the descriptive statistics vary with the column row and metric options Refer to the metrics descriptions in the following sections to interpret the descriptive statistics values Descriptive Definition Statistic N Number of data values or sample size used to calculate the Mean and Stdev number of recordings fixations visits or participants Mean Describes the central tendency of a set of data values It is calculated by summing all the data values and dividing by N number of data values Tobii Studio calculates the arithmetic mean Max Highest value in the data set Min Lowest value in the data set Sum The sum of all data values Median The value that separates a data set in two halves The value is calculated by first arranging a finite list of data values from lowest to highest value and then determining which data value is located at the middle of the list the median value If the number of data values is even then there is no single mid dle data value The media
317. xt menu 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 for the other media elements you wish to randomize 4 Or right click the media timeline and select Randomize all to randomize all the media elements on the timeline To counterbalance the presentation of all the elements on the timeline right click on one element and choose Counterbalance presentation To remove the counterbalancing 1 Right click the media element 2 Click Counterbalance to remove the check mark The media is now deselected from the counterbalancing procedure i If you only select counterbalancing of one media element no counterbalancing will take place If you choose to quit a recording while you are performing a test the next recording will use the next sequence for the media presentation 4 1 5 1 Tobii Studio Latin Square implementation The Randomize feature uses a Latin Square method to construct x number of sequences of the presentation depending on n number of media selected to be randomized If n is even x n and if n is odd x 2n Each Latin Square sequence Xn is translated into a recording To conduct a fully counterbalanced study the number of recordings must be equal to x or a multiple of x If not enough participants can be tested the study is still pseudo randomized but not fully counterbalanced Latin Square procedure If the number of treatments is even then the first sequence of the Latin Square is calculated as follows 1 2 n 3 n 1 4 n 2 5 n 8 i n i where t
318. y defining a cus tom color 3 Click OK to apply the chosen color to the recording The color identifies the recording on the timeline and also in the Visualization area Ta Using independent variables and segment groups to filter recordings Filtering allows you to restrict your data to a group of participants For example if you have created an independent variable called gender you can produce two separate heat maps for women and men by creating two filters one for males and another for females Each filter can be defined by either one independent variable or a combination of independent variables You can view select create and manage filters in the Recordings lists of the Visualization tab Use the Participant Group or Segments Group drop down lists located at the top of the Recordings list of the Selection pane to filter the recordings according to participant groups and or segment groups By default no filters are applied meaning that the default selections are e All Participants for the Participant Groups e Full Recordings for the Segment Groups To create a new participant group 1 Click the Participant Group drop down list This opens the Participant Groups list 2 Click Create new participant group The New Participant Group dialog box opens 3 Type a group name in the Participant Group Name field 4 Click an independent variable in the Variables list and select the values you wish to include in the participant
319. you are creating scenes for a movie element open the Scene context menu and select Copy content to all Recordings You can also create an empty Scene by right clicking in the Scene pane and selecting Create new scene To create new scenes from segments 1 Select the recording to use for this task and make sure the Segments and Scenes panes are visible 2 Right click the Scenes tab and select Create new scene 46 5 Replaying and Editing Recordings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US EL Slide5 J Te C lns 8 8 P EDS P BDrEDr lin Text1 JPG Seg ments Drag segmenty here to add data to the scene Scenes f f f m e As Mm gt Segments Scenes Settings Recording Rec 01 length 00 01 47 791 participant POL 3 Drag the segment to the desired scene You can also drag it to an empty Scene pane which in turn will create a scene In addition you can drag multiple segments to the same scene The new scene is updated and displays the same recording coverage as the segment Open the Scene context menu and select Rename to change the name of the scene 5 5 2 Generating scenes automatically The automatically generated scenes are used mostly for E Prime generated events The events sent by E Prime will be visible on the Events list as SceneStarted or SceneEnded event type with the scene name on the Text field a
320. you to create and display multiple choice questionnaires that require a single answer during a re cording The answers can be used to filter and compare data sets in the Tobii Studio visualizations and statistics tools e PDF Element Allows participants to navigate through a static PDF document and move back and forth between the pa ges facilitating display of documents print ads newspaper spreads and other study objects in a more natural manner of interaction ry ae Instruction An Instruction element is a text element that can be used to describe a task e g four images will be shown or to provide in structions to a participant during a recording e g which key to click to move to the next slide An instruction can be placed any where on the timeline and is displayed as text on a customizable background To add the element to the test 1 Drag the media element icon to the test workspace timeline indicated by the gray arrow in the user interface The me dia setup dialog box opens To name the Instruction element 1 Type a name in the Element Name field To add and edit text 1 Type the text in the Preview field Add your text here 2 To the right of the field is a preview of the Instruction element 3 Change the font and color of the text by clicking the Font button and choosing from the color drop down list 4 Select the element s background by selecting the Color option and selecting a color from the lis
321. your graphics card plus some additional management overhead in the graphics driver This can cause lower graphics performance and therefore lead to missed stimulus onsets when running complex stimuli on high resolution high refresh rate displays especially when using older mobile graphics chips with a low amount of local video RAM User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 14 Appendixes 147 Test the timing of your setup by following the test procedures described in Tobii Studio Timing Testing Guidelines Contact Tobii Support or your sales representative if you wish to receive a copy of the document Recommended stimulus Stimulus Format Codec Size Frame rate 1280x1024 Image JPEG BMP 1920x1200 T60 XL Techsmith1 dviX 1280x1024 Video AVI MV1 XviD 1920x1200 T60 maximum 25 fps XL For information about the minimum system requirements and recommendations for optimal performance please read the Tobii System Requirements and Recommendations available at www tobii com under the Support and Downloads section Detailed documentation on Tobii Studio timing of stimulus display as well as Tobii Eye Trackers sample timing information is available upon request Contact Tobii Support or your sales representative in your area to obtain a copy of Timing Guide for To bii Eye Trackers and the eye tracking software whitepaper 14 2 VelocityChart Visualizing eye tracking data on a timeline
322. ys test and evaluate the performance of your system and your setup before performing a real recording with a light sensor and the light sensor trigger feature enabled 12 2 6 Miscellaneous settings Some dialog boxes in Tobii Studio provide the option Don t show this again When selected the specific dialog box will not appear in future similar operations Clicking the Show all warning and instruction dialog boxes button removes the check marks from all dialog boxes in which the Don t show this again option was selected By default the Remote Viewer and track status window will be displayed at the last location secondary or primary screen where they were active If their previous location was on a secondary screen which is no longer connected they will not be shown on the primary screen By clicking Forget Remote Viewer window position they will be shown on the primary screen again 142 12 General Settings User Manual Tobii Studio v 3 3 0 en US 13 Tobii Studio media limitations Below is a list of the maximum number of media files the amount of recordings and the duration of media presentation that can be used in a test 1280 x 1024 pixels screen image resolution e 500 images each image presented for 1 second up to 150 recordings e 4 images each image presented for 5 seconds maximum 1200 recordings e 32 movies that are 20 seconds long up to 150 recordings 1280 x 720 pixels movie resolution e 10

Download Pdf Manuals

image

Related Search

Related Contents

Targus Slider  Sony MEX-BT4000P Installation/Connections Manual  Frigidaire 316417114 Range User Manual  MANUAL Of Professional 1080P HD  Trouver un job, mode d`emploi chapitre 6  « Les pouvoirs du juge de consommation »  Kullanıcı kılavuzu Manual de Instruções ES 80 PRO    User Manual of Extension of IISFM Project to De  Linear DR2 User's Manual  

Copyright © All rights reserved.
DMCA: DMCA_mwitty#outlook.com.